Life of Gregory Thaumaturgus
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 893
893PG 46:893–894
Ὁ μὲν σκοπὸς εἷς ἐστι τοῦ τε ἡμετέρου λόγου, καὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἡμῶν συλλόγου. Γρηγόριος γὰρ ὁ Μέγας, ὑμῖν τε τῆς συνόδου, κἀμοὶ τῆς διαλέξεως ὑπόθεσις πρόκειται. Ἐγὼ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς οἶμαι χρῆναι δυνάμεως, ἔργῳ τε κατορθῶσαι τὴν ἀρετὴν, καὶ λόγῳ κατ᾿ ἀξίαν τὰ καλὰ διηγήσασθαι. Ώστε ταύτην ἐπικλητέον ἂν εἴη τὴν συμμαχίαν, δι' ἧς ἐν τῷ βίῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐκεῖνος κατώρθωσεν. Ἔστι δὲ αὕτη, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, ἡ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάρις, ἡ καὶ πρὸς τὸν βίον καὶ πρὸς τὸν λόγον τοὺς περὶ ἑκάτερον τούτων ἐσπουδακότας δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἐνισχύουσα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὁ λαμπρὸς ἐκεῖνος καὶ περίβλεπτος βίος τῇ δυνάμει κατωρθώθη τοῦ Πνεύματος· εὐχῆς ἔργον ἐστὶ, τοσαύτην ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον βοήθειαν, ὅση γέγονε παρά τὸν βίον ἐκείνῳ, ὡς μὴ κατόπιν εὑρεθῆναι τῆς ἀξίας τῶν κατορθωμάτων τὸν ἔπαινον, ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτον ἐπιδειχθῆναι τοῖς παροῦσι διὰ τῆς μνήμης τὸν ἄνδρα, οἷος ἦν τοῖς κατ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων ὁρώμενος. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀκερδὴς ἦν ἡ μνήμη τῶν κατ' ἀρετὴν προεχόντων, καὶ μηδεμία πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἐγένετο συνεισφορὰ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, περιττὸν ἴσως ἂν ἦν καὶ ἀνόνητον ἐπὶ μηδενὶ χρησίμῳ προσάγειν εἰς εὐφημίαν τὸν λόγον, αὐτόν τε διεξιόντα μάτην, καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀργῶς ἀποκναίοντα ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ τοιαύτη τοῦ λόγου χάρις, εἰ προσηκόντως γένοιτο, κοινὸν ἔσται τῶν ἀκουόντων τὸ κέρδος, καθάπερ ὁ πυρσὸς τοῖς ἐκ θαλάσσης προσπλέουσιν ἐφ' ἑαυτὸν εὐθύνων τοὺς ἐν τῷ ζόφῳ πλανωμένους κατὰ τὸ πέλαγος· ἴσης οἶμαι δεῖν πρὸς τοῦτο τῆς σπουδῆς ἑκατέροις, ὑμῖν τε πρὸς τὴν ἀκρόασιν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν λόγον ἐμοί. Δῆλον γὰρ, ὅτι πυρσοῦ δίκην διὰ τῆς μνήμης ἐκλάμψας ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν ὁ κατ' ἀρετὴν αὐτοῦ βίος, ὁδὸς πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῷ τε διεξιόντι καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσι γίνεται. Πεφύκαμεν γάρ πως οἱ ἄνθρωποι πρὸς ἅπαν τὸ ἐπαινετόν τε καὶ τίμιον οἰκείως ἐθέλειν ἔχειν, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς κτήσεως γίνεσθαι. Ἡ μὲν οὖν ὑπόθεσις τῶν λόγων τοσαύτη ἐμοὶ δὲ πανταχόθεν ἀκίνδυνόν ἐστι κατατολμῶντι τῆς ὑποθέσεως, εἴτε συνεπαρθῆναι τῷ μεγέθει τῶν πραγμάτων
Ho men skopos heis esti tou te hēmeterou logou, kai tou parontos hēmōn syllogou. Grēgorios gar ho Megas, hymin te tēs synodou, kamoi tēs dialexeōs hypothesis prokeitai. Egō de tēs autēs oimai chrēnai dynameōs, ergǭ te katorthōsai tēn aretēn, kai logǭ kat᾿ axian ta kala diēgēsasthai. Ōste tautēn epiklēteon an eiē tēn symmachian, di' hēs en tǭ biǭ tēn aretēn ekeinos katōrthōsen. Esti de hautē, kata ge ton emon logon, hē tou Pneumatos charis, hē kai pros ton bion kai pros ton logon tous peri hekateron toutōn espoudakotas di᾽ heautēs enischyousa. Epei oun ho lampros ekeinos kai peribleptos bios tę̄ dynamei katōrthōthē tou Pneumatos; euchēs ergon esti, tosautēn elthein epi ton logon boētheian, hosē gegone para ton bion ekeinǭ, hōs mē katopin heurethēnai tēs axias tōn katorthōmatōn ton epainon, alla toiouton epideichthēnai tois parousi dia tēs mnēmēs ton andra, hoios ēn tois kat' ekeinon ton chronon autos ekeinos epi tōn ergōn horōmenos. Ei men oun akerdēs ēn hē mnēmē tōn kat' aretēn proechontōn, kai mēdemia pros to kalon egeneto syneisphora tois akouousin, peritton isōs an ēn kai anonēton epi mēdeni chrēsimǭ prosagein eis euphēmian ton logon, auton te diexionta matēn, kai tēn akoēn argōs apoknaionta epeidē de hē toiautē tou logou charis, ei prosēkontōs genoito, koinon estai tōn akouontōn to kerdos, kathaper ho pyrsos tois ek thalassēs prospleousin eph' heauton euthynōn tous en tǭ zophǭ planōmenous kata to pelagos; isēs oimai dein pros touto tēs spoudēs hekaterois, hymin te pros tēn akroasin, kai pros ton logon emoi. Dēlon gar, hoti pyrsou dikēn dia tēs mnēmēs eklampsas tais psychais hēmōn ho kat' aretēn autou bios, hodos pros to agathon tǭ te diexionti kai tois akouousi ginetai. Pephykamen gar pōs hoi anthrōpoi pros hapan to epaineton te kai timion oikeiōs ethelein echein, kai en epithymią tēs ktēseōs ginesthai. Hē men oun hypothesis tōn logōn tosautē emoi de pantachothen akindynon esti katatolmōnti tēs hypotheseōs, eite syneparthēnai tǭ megethei tōn pragmatōn
The aim of our speech and of our present gathering is one. For Gregory the Great is set before you as the occasion of the assembly, and before me as the subject of the discourse. I think the same power is needed both to achieve virtue in deed and to recount noble things worthily in word. So we ought to call upon that alliance through which he achieved virtue in his life. And this, in my judgment at least, is the grace of the Spirit, which by itself strengthens those who have devoted themselves to either of these, to life and to speech. Since, then, that brilliant and celebrated life was achieved by the power of the Spirit, it is a matter for prayer that as much help may come to the speech as came to him for his life, so that the praise may not be found to fall short of the worth of his achievements, but that the man may be shown through remembrance to those present such as he himself was when he was seen in his deeds by the people of that time. Now if the remembrance of those who excelled in virtue brought no profit, and contributed nothing toward the good for the hearers, it would perhaps be superfluous and useless to bring a speech forward in praise for no useful purpose, the speaker going through it in vain and wearing out the hearing to no effect. But since such a gift of speech, if it is done fittingly, will be a common gain for the hearers, just as a beacon guides toward itself those sailing in from the sea who wander over the open water in the darkness, I think equal zeal is needed from each of us for this, from you for listening and from me for speaking. For it is clear that his virtuous life, shining out like a beacon in our souls through remembrance, becomes a road to the good both for the one who tells it and for those who hear. For we human beings are somehow so made by nature as to wish to make our own everything praiseworthy and honourable, and to come to desire to possess it. Such, then, is the subject of the speech. But for me, venturing on the subject, there is no danger from any side, whether my speech should have the strength to rise together with the greatness of the facts
Chapter 895
895PG 46:895–896
ὁ λόγος ἰσχύσειεν, εἴτε καὶ μή. Ἴσος γὰρ ἔσται καθ' ἑκάτερον τῷ ἐγκωμιαζομένῳ ὁ ἔπαινος. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐφίκοιτο τῶν θαυμάτων ὁ λόγος, ἐκπλήξει τὴν ἀκοὴν πάντως τοῖς κατορθώμασιν εἰ δὲ κατόπιν τοῦ μεγέθους ἔλθοι, καὶ οὕτως ἡ δόξα τοῦ ἐγκωμιαζομένου λαμπρύνεται. ᾿Αρίστη γὰρ ἀνδρὸς εὐφημία, τὸ ἐπιδειχθῆναι τῆς δυνάμεως τῶν εὐφημούντων ἀμείνονα. Μηδεὶς δὲ τῶν τῇ θείᾳ σοφίᾳ πεπαιδευμένων κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἔξω συνήθειαν ταῖς τεχνικαῖς τῶν ἐγκωμίων ἐφόδοις ἐπαινεῖσθαι ζητείτω τὸν πνευματικῶς ἐπαινούμενον. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμοίων ἡμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡ τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσις ἐστίν· οὔτε τὰς αὐτὰς περι τῶν αὐτῶν ὑπολήψεις εὕροι τις ἂν, τοῖς τε κατὰ τὸν κόσμον ζῶσιν, καὶ τοῖς ὑπερανεστηκόσι τοῦ κόσμου. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ μέγα τι δοκεῖ καὶ σπουδῆς ἄξιον εἶναι πλοῦτος, καὶ γένος, καὶ δόξα, καὶ κοσμικαὶ δυναστείαι, καὶ μῦθοι τὰς πατρίδας οἰκίζοντες, καὶ τὰ φευκτὰ τοῖς γε νοῦν ἔχουσι διηγήματα, τρόπαια, καὶ μάχαι, καὶ τὰ ἐκ πολέμων κακά· τῷ δὲ καθ' ἡμᾶς λόγῳ μία τετίμηται πατρὶς, ὁ παράδεισος, ἡ πρώτη τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἑστία· μία πόλις, ἡ ἐπουράνιος, ἡ διὰ τῶν ζώντων λίθων συνῳκισμένη, ἧς τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ Θεός μία γένους σεμνότης, ἡ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀγχιστεία· οὐ κατὰ τὸ αὐτόματόν τινι γινομένη, κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εὐγένειαν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς φαύλους πολλάκις διὰ τῆς αὐτομάτου ταύτης ἀκολουθίας ῥέουσα φέρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἣν οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλως, ἢ ἐκ προαιρέσεως κτήσασθαι. "Ὅσοι γὰρ ἔλαβον αὐτὸν, φησὶν ἡ θεία φωνὴ, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι. Τῆς δὲ τοιαύτης εὐγενείας τἱ ἂν σεμνότερον γένοιτο; Πάτρια δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἅπασι, μῦθοι καὶ πλάσματα, καὶ δαιμόνων ἀπάται συναναμεμιγμέναι τοῖς μυθικοῖς διηγήμασιν· τὰ δὲ ἡμέτερα πάτρια, τῶν διηγουμένων οὐκ ἐπιδέεται. Εἰς γὰρ τὸν οὐρανόν τις ἰδὼν, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ κάλλη, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ κατανοήσας, ὅσαπερἂν ἐν τούτοις θαύματα καταλαβεῖν ἐξισχύση, ταῦτα τῆς ἡμετέρας πατρίδος εὑρήσει τὰ διηγήματα· μᾶλλον δὲ οὐκ αὐτῆς τῆς πατρίδος, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀποικίας, ἣν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας ζωῆς ἀποικισθέντες τὸν παρόντα κατειλήφαμεν κόσμον. Εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀποικία τοιαύτη, λογίσασθαι χρὴ τίς ἡ τῆς ἀποικίας μητρόπολις, τί τὸ ἐν ἐκείνῃ κάλλος, οἷα ἐν αὐτῇ τὰ βασίλεια, τίς ἡ μακαριότης τῶν ἐκείνην εἰληφότων τὴν οἴκησιν. Εἰ γὰρ τὰ φαινόμενα κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν τοιαῦτα, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἔπαινον εἶναι· τί χρὴ τὸ ὑπὲρ τοῦτο λογίσασθαι, ὃ μήτε ὀφθαλμῷ λαβεῖν δυνατόν ἐστι, μήτε χωρῆσαι τῇ ἀκοῇ, μήτε διανοίᾳ στοχάσασθαι; Διὰ ταύτης τῆς πνευματικῆς εὐφημίας τῶν ἐγκωμιαζομένων ἀποκρίνει τοὺς κάτω λήρους ὁ θεῖος τῶν ἐγκωμίων ἔπαινος, αἰσχρὸν εἶναι κρίνων τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ἐγνωσμένους διὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν γῆν τιμίων σεμνύνε
ho logos ischyseien, eite kai mē. Isos gar estai kath' hekateron tǭ enkōmiazomenǭ ho epainos. Ei men gar ephikoito tōn thaumatōn ho logos, ekplēxei tēn akoēn pantōs tois katorthōmasin ei de katopin tou megethous elthoi, kai houtōs hē doxa tou enkōmiazomenou lamprynetai. ᾿Aristē gar andros euphēmia, to epideichthēnai tēs dynameōs tōn euphēmountōn ameinona. Mēdeis de tōn tę̄ theią sophią pepaideumenōn kata tēn tōn exō synētheian tais technikais tōn enkōmiōn ephodois epaineisthai zēteitō ton pneumatikōs epainoumenon. Ou gar apo tōn homoiōn hēmin te kai tois allois hē tou kalou krisis estin; oute tas autas peri tōn autōn hypolēpseis heuroi tis an, tois te kata ton kosmon zōsin, kai tois hyperanestēkosi tou kosmou. Tois men gar mega ti dokei kai spoudēs axion einai ploutos, kai genos, kai doxa, kai kosmikai dynasteiai, kai mythoi tas patridas oikizontes, kai ta pheukta tois ge noun echousi diēgēmata, tropaia, kai machai, kai ta ek polemōn kaka; tǭ de kath' hēmas logǭ mia tetimētai patris, ho paradeisos, hē prōtē tou genous tōn anthrōpōn hestia; mia polis, hē epouranios, hē dia tōn zōntōn lithōn synǭkismenē, hēs technitēs kai dēmiourgos ho Theos mia genous semnotēs, hē pros ton Theon anchisteia; ou kata to automaton tini ginomenē, kata tēn en tǭ kosmǭ eugeneian, ē kai epi tous phaulous pollakis dia tēs automatou tautēs akolouthias rheousa pheretai, all᾽ hēn ouk estin allōs, ē ek proaireseōs ktēsasthai. "Hosoi gar elabon auton, phēsin hē theia phōnē, edōken autois exousian tekna Theou genesthai. Tēs de toiautēs eugeneias ti an semnoteron genoito? Patria de tois men allois hapasi, mythoi kai plasmata, kai daimonōn apatai synanamemigmenai tois mythikois diēgēmasin; ta de hēmetera patria, tōn diēgoumenōn ouk epideetai. Eis gar ton ouranon tis idōn, kai ta en autǭ kallē, kai pasan tēn ktisin tǭ tēs psychēs ophthalmǭ katanoēsas, hosaperan en toutois thaumata katalabein exischysē, tauta tēs hēmeteras patridos heurēsei ta diēgēmata; mallon de ouk autēs tēs patridos, alla tēs apoikias, hēn apo tēs hypsēloteras zōēs apoikisthentes ton paronta kateilēphamen kosmon. Ei de hē apoikia toiautē, logisasthai chrē tis hē tēs apoikias mētropolis, ti to en ekeinę̄ kallos, hoia en autę̄ ta basileia, tis hē makariotēs tōn ekeinēn eilēphotōn tēn oikēsin. Ei gar ta phainomena kata tēn ktisin toiauta, hōs hyper epainon einai; ti chrē to hyper touto logisasthai, ho mēte ophthalmǭ labein dynaton esti, mēte chōrēsai tę̄ akoę̄, mēte dianoią stochasasthai? Dia tautēs tēs pneumatikēs euphēmias tōn enkōmiazomenōn apokrinei tous katō lērous ho theios tōn enkōmiōn epainos, aischron einai krinōn tous apo tōn toioutōn egnōsmenous dia tōn kata tēn gēn timiōn semnyne
or not. For the praise will be equal either way for the one praised. If the speech reaches the level of his wonders, it will surely astonish the hearing with his achievements; if it falls short of their greatness, even so the glory of the one praised is made more brilliant. For the best praise of a man is to be shown greater than the power of those who praise him. Let no one of those trained in the divine wisdom seek, after the custom of those outside, to have the one who is praised spiritually praised by the technical methods of encomia. For our judgment of what is noble does not rest on the same things as that of others, nor would one find the same notions about the same things among those who live according to the world and those who have risen above the world. To the former, wealth and family and glory and worldly power seem great and worth pursuing, and myths about the founding of their native cities, and stories that those with sense at least would shun: trophies and battles and the evils that come from wars. But in our reckoning one native land is honoured, paradise, the first hearth of the human race; one city, the heavenly one, built together of living stones, whose craftsman and builder is God; one dignity of family, kinship with God, which does not come to anyone by chance, as with noble birth in the world, which often flows down even to the base through this chance succession, but which cannot be acquired otherwise than by free choice. “For as many as received him,” says the divine voice, “to them he gave power to become children of God.” What could be more dignified than such nobility? The ancestral traditions of all others are myths and fictions, and deceits of demons mixed into the mythical stories; but our ancestral traditions need no storytellers. For if anyone looks at the sky and the beauties in it, and considers the whole creation with the eye of the soul, whatever wonders he is able to grasp in these he will find to be the stories of our native land; or rather not of the native land itself but of the colony, the present world, which we have come to occupy as colonists sent out from the higher life. And if the colony is such, one must reckon what the mother city of the colony is, what beauty is in it, what its royal palaces are like, what the blessedness is of those who have obtained that dwelling. For if the things that appear in creation are such as to be beyond praise, what must one reckon of what is beyond this, which the eye cannot take in, nor the hearing contain, nor the mind conjecture? By this spiritual commendation the divine kind of encomium separates the trifles of this world below from those it praises, judging it shameful that those known for such things should be dignified by
Chapter 897
897PG 46:897–898
σθαι. Κοσμικὸς μὲν γάρ τις ἀνὴρ πρὸς τὴν ὑλικήν εὐδαιμονίαν ἀποβλέπων, ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐρανιζέτω τὸν ἔπαινον, εἰ πατρίς τινι γέγονεν εὔφορος βοσκημάτων, εἰ γειτνιῶσα θάλασσα πλεονάζει δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς τοῖς λαιμαργοῦσι τὰς ὕλας, εἰ λίθων ἐπάλληλοι θέσεις τὰς κατασκευὰς καλλωπίζουσιν. Ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἄνω βίον βλέπων, ᾧ κάλλος μέν ἐστιν ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς καθαρότης πλοῦτος δὲ, ἡ ἀκτημοσύνη πατρὶς δὲ, ἡ ἀρετή· πόλις δὲ, αὐτὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ βασίλεια ὄνειδος τὴν ἐν τοῖς γηΐνοις φιλοτιμίαν ποιήσεται. Οὐκοῦν ἀποστάντες καὶ ἡμεῖς τῶν τοιούτων ἐπαίνων, οὔτε τὴν πατρίδα τοῖς ἐπαίνοις τοῦ Μεγάλου Γρηγορίου προσθήσομεν, οὔτε προγόνους εἰς συμμαχίαν τῶν ἐγκωμίων παραληψόμεθα, εἰδότες ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἀληθῆς ἐστιν ἔπαινος, ὃς ἂν μὴ τῶν ἐπαινουμένων ἴδιος ᾖ. Ἴδιον δέ φαμεν, ὃ διαμένει πάντως εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς ἀναφαίρετον. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πάντων χωριζόμενοι, πλούτου, περιφανείας, δόξης, τιμῆς, τρυφῆς, ἀπολαύσεως, συγγενῶν, φίλων, μόνης τῆς κατὰ κακίαν ἢ ἀρετὴν διαθέσεως ἀχώριστοι μένομεν· μόνον κρίνομεν μακαριστὸν τὸν ἐνάρετον. Καί με μηδεὶς οἰέσθω τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν σεμνὸν περὶ τῆς πατρίδος, ἢ τῶν προγόνων τοῦ ἀνδρὸς διηγήσασθαι, ἐν σχήματι τοῦ δοκεῖν περιορᾷν τῶν τοιούτων ὑπεκκλέπτειν τὸ ὄνειδος. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν τοῦ πόντου τὴν παρὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων κατ᾿ ἐξαίρετον ἀνατεθεῖσαν τῷ ἔθνει, δι' ἧς τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰληχότων τὸν χῶρον ἡ ἀρετὴ μαρτυρεῖται Μόνος γὰρ ἐξ ἀπάσης γῆς τε καὶ θαλάσσης οὗτος ὁ πόντος Εύξεινος ὀνομάζεται, εἴτε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιδημοῦντας τῶν ξένων φιλοφροσύνην μαρτυροῦντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ ὀνόματος, εἴτε καὶ ὅτι τοιοῦτος ὁ χῶρός ἐστιν, ὡς μὴ μόνον τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις τε καὶ αὐτόχθοσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἁπανταχόθεν εἰς αὐτὸν φοιτῶσιν, τὰς πρὸς τὸ ζῇν παρασκευὰς ἀφθόνως χαρίζεσθαι. Τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ φύσις τῆς χώρας, ὡς πάντων τῶν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ἀναγκαίων πάμφορος εἶναι, καὶ μηδὲν τῶν παρ' ἑτέροις ἀγαθῶν ἀμοιρεῖν, ὡς καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης αὐτοῖς ἴδια τὰ πανταχόθεν ποιούσης. Τοιούτου δὲ ὄντος τοῦ ἔθνους παντὸς, ὡς ὅπερ ἄν τις αὐτοῦ μέρος ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ κατασκέψηται, τῶν ἄλλων προτερεύειν οἴεσθαι οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον τῇ κοινῇ κρίσει τοῦ ἔθνους, οἷόν τις κορυφὴ πάσης τῆς περιοικίδος τῶν ἄλλων, ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου Γρηγορίου πόλις ἐστὶν, ἣν βασιλεύς τις ἐπίσημος τῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις κρατυνομένων, Καῖσαρ τὸ ὄνομα, ἔρωτι καὶ πόθῳ τῆς χώρας ἀλοὺς, ἐπὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀνόματι Νεοκαισάρειαν καλεῖσθαι τὴν πόλιν ἠξίωσεν. Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲν ταῦτα πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τὸν ἡμέτερον, ὥστε διὰ τούτων οἴεσθαι σεμνότερον ἀποδεικνύειν τὸν μέγαν ἐν ἁγίοις ἐκεῖνον, εἰ καρποῖς βρίθει ἡ χώρα, εἰ ἡ πόλις κατασκευαῖς κεκαλλώπισται, εἰ τῇ γείτονι θαλάττῃ τὰ πανταχόθεν πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν εἰσάγεται.
sthai. Kosmikos men gar tis anēr pros tēn hylikēn eudaimonian apoblepōn, ek tōn toioutōn tois anthrōpois eranizetō ton epainon, ei patris tini gegonen euphoros boskēmatōn, ei geitniōsa thalassa pleonazei di᾽ heautēs tois laimargousi tas hylas, ei lithōn epallēloi theseis tas kataskeuas kallōpizousin. Ho de pros ton anō bion blepōn, hǭ kallos men estin hē tēs psychēs katharotēs ploutos de, hē aktēmosynē patris de, hē aretē; polis de, auta tou Theou ta basileia oneidos tēn en tois gēïnois philotimian poiēsetai. Oukoun apostantes kai hēmeis tōn toioutōn epainōn, oute tēn patrida tois epainois tou Megalou Grēgoriou prosthēsomen, oute progonous eis symmachian tōn enkōmiōn paralēpsometha, eidotes hoti oudeis alēthēs estin epainos, hos an mē tōn epainoumenōn idios ę̄. Idion de phamen, ho diamenei pantōs eis to diēnekes anaphaireton. Epei oun pantōn chōrizomenoi, ploutou, periphaneias, doxēs, timēs, tryphēs, apolauseōs, syngenōn, philōn, monēs tēs kata kakian ē aretēn diatheseōs achōristoi menomen; monon krinomen makariston ton enareton. Kai me mēdeis oiesthō tǭ mēden echein semnon peri tēs patridos, ē tōn progonōn tou andros diēgēsasthai, en schēmati tou dokein periorąn tōn toioutōn hypekkleptein to oneidos. Tis gar ouk oide tēn epōnymian tou pontou tēn para pantōn anthrōpōn kat᾿ exaireton anatetheisan tǭ ethnei, di' hēs tōn ex archēs eilēchotōn ton chōron hē aretē martyreitai Monos gar ex apasēs gēs te kai thalassēs houtos ho pontos Euxeinos onomazetai, eite tēn pros tous epidēmountas tōn xenōn philophrosynēn martyrountos autois tou onomatos, eite kai hoti toioutos ho chōros estin, hōs mē monon tois enchōriois te kai autochthosin, alla kai tois hapantachothen eis auton phoitōsin, tas pros to zę̄n paraskeuas aphthonōs charizesthai. Toiautē gar hē physis tēs chōras, hōs pantōn tōn pros tēn zōēn anankaiōn pamphoros einai, kai mēden tōn par' heterois agathōn amoirein, hōs kai tēs thalassēs autois idia ta pantachothen poiousēs. Toioutou de ontos tou ethnous pantos, hōs hoper an tis autou meros eph᾽ heautou kataskepsētai, tōn allōn protereuein oiesthai ouden de hētton tę̄ koinę̄ krisei tou ethnous, hoion tis koryphē pasēs tēs perioikidos tōn allōn, hē tou megalou Grēgoriou polis estin, hēn basileus tis episēmos tōn tēn archēn tois Rhōmaiois kratynomenōn, Kaisar to onoma, erōti kai pothǭ tēs chōras alous, epi tǭ idiǭ onomati Neokaisareian kaleisthai tēn polin ēxiōsen. All᾿ ouden tauta pros ton skopon ton hēmeteron, hōste dia toutōn oiesthai semnoteron apodeiknyein ton megan en hagiois ekeinon, ei karpois brithei hē chōra, ei hē polis kataskeuais kekallōpistai, ei tę̄ geitoni thalattę̄ ta pantachothen pros to dokoun kat᾿ exousian eisagetai.
the things honoured on earth. For let a worldly man, looking to material prosperity, collect praise for people from such things: whether someone's native land was rich in flocks, whether a neighbouring sea supplies provisions in abundance to gluttons, whether rows of stone upon stone adorn its buildings. But one who looks to the life above, for whom beauty is purity of soul, wealth is poverty, native land is virtue, and city is the very palace of God, will count ambition in earthly things a reproach. So we too, standing aside from such praises, will neither add his native land to the praises of Gregory the Great nor take his ancestors as allies for the encomium, knowing that no praise is true which is not the praised person's own. And we call “one's own” what remains for ever beyond being taken away. Since, then, when we are separated from everything, wealth, distinction, glory, honour, luxury, enjoyment, relatives, friends, we remain inseparable only from our disposition toward vice or virtue, we judge only the virtuous man blessed. And let no one think that, because I have nothing dignified to tell about the man's native land or ancestors, I am stealthily hiding the reproach under the pretence of disdaining such things. For who does not know the name of the sea, given by all people as a special distinction to that nation, by which the virtue of those who first received the region is attested? For of all land and sea this sea alone is named the Euxine, “the hospitable,” whether the name testifies to their kindness toward strangers who visit them, or because the region is such as to supply the means of life abundantly not only to natives and those born in the land but also to those who come to it from everywhere. For such is the nature of the country that it bears everything needed for life and lacks none of the goods found among others, since the sea makes the produce of every place their own. And though the whole nation is such that whatever part of it one examines by itself one would think it surpasses the others, nonetheless, by the common judgment of the nation, the city of the great Gregory is like a summit of the whole surrounding region; an illustrious emperor, one of those who strengthened the rule of the Romans, Caesar by name, seized by love and longing for the country, saw fit that the city be called Neocaesarea after his own name. But these things have nothing to do with our aim, as if we thought to show that great one among the saints more dignified through them: whether the land is heavy with fruit, whether the city is adorned with buildings, whether through the neighbouring sea goods from everywhere are brought in freely for whatever is wanted.
Chapter 899
899PG 46:899–900
᾿Αλλ' οὐδὲ τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ, τῶν προκαθηγησαμένων τῆς κατὰ σάρκα γενέσεως, μνήμην ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου ποιήσομαι, πλοῦτον καὶ φιλοτιμίας καὶ τὰς κοσμικὰς περιφανείας αὐτῶν διηγούμενος. Τί γὰρ ταῦτα συντελέσειε πρὸς ἔπαινον, τάφοι, καὶ στῆλαι, καὶ ἐπιγράμματα, καὶ τὰ νεκρὰ διηγήματα πρὸς τὸν τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ἑαυτὸν ὑπεράραντα; ἄλλως δὲ οὔτε δυνατόν ἐστιν εἰς κοινωνίαν τῆς εὐφημίας ἐκείνους ἄγειν, ὧν τὴν συγγένειαν οὗτος τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀγχιστείας ἠρνήσατο; Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ πλάνῃ τῶν εἰδώλων ἐματαιώθησαν· ὁ δὲ, πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀναβλέψας, τῇ ἄνω συγγενείᾳ διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἑαυτὸν εἰσεποίησεν. ᾿Αλλ' ὅπως μὲν, ἢ ἀπὸ τίνων ἐγένετο, ἢ τίνα τὸ κατ᾿ ἀρχὰς ᾤκησε πόλιν, ὡς οὐδὲν ἡμῖν συντελοῦντα πρὸς τὴν προκειμένην σπουδήν, παραλείπομεν άρχὴν δὲ ταύτην τῆς εὐφημίας ληψόμεθα, ἣν ἐκεῖνος τοῦ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν βίου πεποίηται. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν κομιδῇ νέῳ τῷ σώματι τῆς φυσικῆς κηδεμονίας ἔρημος ἦν, τῶν γονέων τετελευτηκότων τὸν βίον, ὅτε ἀτελὴς ὑφ᾽ ἡλικίας οὖσα τοῖς πολλοῖς ἡ διάνοια τῆς τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσεως ἁμαρτάνει, ἔδειξεν εὐθὺς παρὰ τὴν πρώτην, οἷος ἐν τῷ τελείῳ τῆς ἡλικίας γενήσεται. Καὶ καθάπερ τὰ εὐγενῆ τῶν βλαστημάτων, ὅταν ἐκ πρώτης αὐξήσεως εἰς εὐθυγενεῖς ἀναδράμῃ τοὺς ὄρπηκας, προδείκνυσι τοῖς γηπόνοις διὰ τῆς παρούσης ὥρας τὸ εἰς ὕστερον κάλλος· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος, ὅτε τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπ᾿ ἀγνοίας περισφαλής ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ, πρὸς τὰ μάταιά τε καὶ ἀνόνητα κατολισθαινούσης προχείρως ὡς τὰ πολλὰ τῆς νεότητος· τότε διὰ τῆς πρώτης τοῦ βίου αἱρέσεως, ἔδειξεν ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Δαβὶδ ἀληθεύοντα, ὅτι Δίκαιος ὡς φοῖνιξ ἐξανθήσει. Μόνον γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο τῶν δένδρων τελείῳ τῷ πάχει τῆς κορυφῆς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀναφύεται· καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸ μῆκος ἐπιδιδούσης αὐξήσεως, οὐδεμίαν ἐπὶ τὸ πλάτος προσθήκην ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου δέχεται. Οὕτω κἀκεῖνος ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἤνθησε βλάστης, εὐθὺς τῇ αἱρέσει τοῦ βίου τέλειος ἀνασχὼν καὶ ὑψίκομος. Πάντων γὰρ ἀποστὰς, περὶ ὰ τὸ νέον τῆς ἡλικίας ἐπτόηται, ἱππικῆς, κυνηγεσίων, καλλωπισμάτων, ἐνδυμάτων, κυβείας, τρυφῆς· εὐθὺς ὅλος τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν κτήσεως ἦν, τὸ πρόσφορον ἀεὶ τῆς παρούσης αὐτῷ ἡλικίας καθεξῆς προαιρούμενος. Γίνεται δὲ αὐτῷ πρώτη τῆς κτήσεως τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἡ περὶ τὴν σοφίαν σπουδή. Ταύτῃ δὲ συνείπετο καθάπερ τις πῶλος συνεζευγμένη ἡ σωφροσύνη· πρὸς ἀμφότερα δὲ σύμμαχος ἦν ἡ ἐγκράτεια τὸ δὲ ἄτυφον αὐτῷ καὶ ἀόργητον, τῇ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπεροψία συγκατωρθώθη. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλη τύφου τε καὶ ὑπερηφανίας γένεσις, μὴ τῆς πλεονεξίας ἑαυτῇ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάθη συνεισαγούσης. Καθάπερ δὲ τὸν πα-
᾿All' oude tōn progonōn autou, tōn prokathēgēsamenōn tēs kata sarka geneseōs, mnēmēn epi tou logou poiēsomai, plouton kai philotimias kai tas kosmikas periphaneias autōn diēgoumenos. Ti gar tauta synteleseie pros epainon, taphoi, kai stēlai, kai epigrammata, kai ta nekra diēgēmata pros ton tou kosmou pantos heauton hyperaranta? allōs de oute dynaton estin eis koinōnian tēs euphēmias ekeinous agein, hōn tēn syngeneian houtos tēs kata psychēn anchisteias ērnēsato? Hoi men gar en tę̄ planę̄ tōn eidōlōn emataiōthēsan; ho de, pros tēn alētheian anablepsas, tę̄ anō syngeneią dia tēs pisteōs heauton eisepoiēsen. ᾿All' hopōs men, ē apo tinōn egeneto, ē tina to kat᾿ archas ǭkēse polin, hōs ouden hēmin syntelounta pros tēn prokeimenēn spoudēn, paraleipomen archēn de tautēn tēs euphēmias lēpsometha, hēn ekeinos tou kat᾿ aretēn biou pepoiētai. Epeidē gar en komidę̄ neǭ tǭ sōmati tēs physikēs kēdemonias erēmos ēn, tōn goneōn teteleutēkotōn ton bion, hote atelēs hyph᾽ hēlikias ousa tois pollois hē dianoia tēs tou kalou kriseōs hamartanei, edeixen euthys para tēn prōtēn, hoios en tǭ teleiǭ tēs hēlikias genēsetai. Kai kathaper ta eugenē tōn blastēmatōn, hotan ek prōtēs auxēseōs eis euthygeneis anadramę̄ tous orpēkas, prodeiknysi tois gēponois dia tēs parousēs hōras to eis hysteron kallos; ton auton tropon kakeinos, hote tois allois hyp᾿ agnoias perisphalēs estin hē psychē, pros ta mataia te kai anonēta katolisthainousēs procheirōs hōs ta polla tēs neotētos; tote dia tēs prōtēs tou biou haireseōs, edeixen eph᾿ heautou ton Dabid alētheuonta, hoti Dikaios hōs phoinix exanthēsei. Monon gar dē touto tōn dendrōn teleiǭ tǭ pachei tēs koryphēs apo tēs gēs anaphyetai; kai tēs kata to mēkos epididousēs auxēseōs, oudemian epi to platos prosthēkēn apo tou chronou dechetai. Houtō kakeinos apo tēs prōtēs ēnthēse blastēs, euthys tę̄ hairesei tou biou teleios anaschōn kai hypsikomos. Pantōn gar apostas, peri a to neon tēs hēlikias eptoētai, hippikēs, kynēgesiōn, kallōpismatōn, endymatōn, kybeias, tryphēs; euthys holos tēs tōn aretōn ktēseōs ēn, to prosphoron aei tēs parousēs autǭ hēlikias kathexēs proairoumenos. Ginetai de autǭ prōtē tēs ktēseōs tōn aretōn, hē peri tēn sophian spoudē. Tautę̄ de syneipeto kathaper tis pōlos synezeugmenē hē sōphrosynē; pros amphotera de symmachos ēn hē enkrateia to de atyphon autǭ kai aorgēton, tę̄ tōn chrēmatōn hyperopsia synkatōrthōthē. Ou gar estin allē typhou te kai hyperēphanias genesis, mē tēs pleonexias heautę̄ ta toiauta pathē syneisagousēs. Kathaper de ton pa-
Nor will I make mention in my speech of his ancestors, those who went before him in birth according to the flesh, recounting their wealth and munificence and worldly distinctions. For what would these contribute to the praise of one who raised himself above the whole world: tombs and pillars and inscriptions and dead stories? Besides, it is not possible to bring into a share of the praise those whose kinship he renounced for the sake of the kinship of the soul. For they were made futile in the error of idols; but he, looking up to the truth, adopted himself through faith into the kinship above. So how he was born, or from whom, or what city he lived in at first, we pass over as contributing nothing to our present purpose; and we will take as the beginning of our praise the beginning he himself made of the virtuous life. When, still quite young in body, he was bereft of natural care, his parents having ended their lives, at the age when the mind of most, unfinished through youth, errs in judging the good, he showed at once from the first what he would become at the full maturity of his age. And just as noble plants, when from their first growth they shoot up into straight shoots, show the farmers in their present season their later beauty, so he too, at the time when the soul of others is unsteady through ignorance, since youth for the most part slides readily toward vain and useless things, then by his first choice of life showed in himself that David spoke truly: “The righteous will flower like a palm tree.” For of all trees this alone springs up from the ground with the full thickness of its crown, and while its growth increases in height it receives no addition in breadth from time. So he too flowered from his first sprouting, rising up at once perfect and with a lofty crown by his choice of life. For standing aside from everything that excites youth, horsemanship, hunting, finery, clothes, dicing, luxury, he was at once wholly given to acquiring the virtues, always choosing in turn what suited the age he was at. The first thing in his acquisition of the virtues was his zeal for wisdom. With it, like a colt yoked alongside, followed self-restraint; and self-control was an ally for both; and his freedom from conceit and from anger was achieved together with his contempt of money. For conceit and arrogance have no other origin than greed, which brings such passions in with it. And just as the account holds that the patriarch Abraham,
Chapter 901
901PG 46:901–902
τριάρχην Ἀβραὰμ ὁ λόγος κατέχει, τῆς Χαλδαϊκῆς φιλοσοφίας ἐν ἐπιστήμῃ γενόμενον, καὶ τὴν ἐναρμόνιόν τε καὶ τεταγμένην τῶν ἄστρων κατανοήσαντα θέσιν καὶ κίνησιν, ὑποβάθρᾳ χρήσασθαι τῇ περὶ ταῦτα γνώσει πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὑπερκειμένου ἀγαθοῦ θεωρίαν, λογισάμενον, ὡς εἰ τὰ τῇ αἰσθήσει ληπτὰ τοιαῦτα, τί ἂν εἴη τὰ ὑπὲρ αἴσθησιν; καὶ οὕτως τοῦ ζητουμένου τυχεῖν, οἷον ἐπιβάντα τῆς ἔξω σοφίας, καὶ γενόμενον δι' αὐτῆς ὑψηλότερον, ὥστε προσεγγίσαι τρόπον τινὰ δι᾿ αὐτῆς τοῖς ἀλήπτοις· οὕτω καὶ ὁ Μέγας οὗτος, τῇ ἔξω φιλοσοφίᾳ δι᾽ ἐπιμελείας καθομιλήσας, δι' ὧν ὁ Ἑλληνισμὸς τοῖς πολλοῖς βεβαιοῦται, διὰ τούτων ὡδηγήθη πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ κατανόησιν, καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν πεπλανημένην τῶν πατέρων θρησκείαν, ἐζήτει τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἀλήθειαν, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πεπονημένων τοῖς ἔξωθεν διδαχθεὶς τὸ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν δογμάτων ἀσύστατον. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἶδεν πρὸς διαφόρους ὑπολήψεις ἐν ταῖς περὶ τοῦ Θείου δόξαις σχιζομένην τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον ὁμοίως φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ τοὺς τῶν δογμάτων προεστηκότας, οὔτε πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμβαίνοντας, καὶ τὸ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστον κρατύνειν τῇ περινοίᾳ τῶν λόγων φιλονεικοῦντας· τούτους μὲν ὥσπερ ἐν ἐμφυλίῳ πολέμῳ, ὑπ' ἀλλήλων ἀνατρεπομένους κατέλιπεν· καταλαμβάνει δὲ τὸν ἑστῶτα λόγον τῆς πίστεως, τὸν οὐδεμιᾷ λογικῇ τινι περιεργίᾳ καὶ τεχνικαῖς πλοκαῖς κρατυνόμενον, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ ἁπλότητος ῥημάτων ὁμοτίμως πᾶσι καταγγελλόμενον ὃς ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ὑπὲρ τὴν πίστιν εἶναι, τὸ πιστὸν ἔχει. Εἰ γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἦν τὸ λεγόμενον, ὡς τῇ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων λογισμῶν δυνάμει καταλαμβάνεσθαι, οὐδὲν ἂν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς σοφίας διήνεγκε κἀκεῖνοι γὰρ, ὅπερ ἂν καταλαβεῖν ἐξισχύσωσιν, ἐκεῖνο καὶ εἶναι δοξάζουσιν), ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀνεπίβατός ἐστι λογισμοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις τῆς ὑπερκειμένης φύσεως ἡ κατάληψις, τούτου χάριν ἡ πίστις ἀντὶ τῶν λογισμῶν γίνεται, τοῖς ὑπὲρ λόγον τε καὶ κατάληψιν ἑαυτὴν ἐπεκτείνουσα. Διὰ ταῦτα, καθὼς περὶ τοῦ Μωϋσέως φησὶν ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐπαιδεύθη πάσῃ σοφίᾳ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων· οὕτως καὶ ὁ Μέγας οὗτος, διὰ πάσης ἐλθὼν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων παιδεύσεως, καὶ γνοὺς τῇ πείρᾳ τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς δογμάτων τὸ ἀσθενὲς καὶ ἀσύστατον, μαθητὴς τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου καθίσταται καὶ πρὶν ἀχθῆναι διὰ τῆς μυστικῆς τε καὶ ἀσωμάτου γεννήσεως, οὕτως κατώρθου τὸν βίον, ὡς μηδένα ῥύπον τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐπὶ τὸ λουτρὸν εἰσενέγκασθαι. Οὔσης δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς διαγωγῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ κατὰ τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου πόλιν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἡ πανταχόθεν συνέῤῥει νεότης τῶν περὶ φιλοσοφίαν τε καὶ ἰατρικὴν ἐσπουδακότων· χαλεπὸν ἦν τοῖς ὁμήλιξι θέαμα, νέος ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡλικίαν τῇ σωφροσύνῃ κοσμούμενος. Ὁ γὰρ τοῦ καθαρεύοντος ἔπαινος, τῶν μολυνομένων ὄνειδος ἦν. Ὡς ἂν οὖν ἀπολογία τις εἴη τοῖς ἀκολάστοις, τὸ μὴ μόνους αὐτοὺς εἶναι δοκεῖν τοιούτους, ἐπίνοιά τις ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπεσκευάσθη, τοῦ μῶμόν τινα τῷ βίῳ τοῦ Μεγάλου προστρίψασθαι. Καὶ προβάλλεται παρ᾿ αὐτῶν, εἰς διαβολὴν ἐκείνου, γύναιον ἑταιρικὸν, ἐξ οἰκήματος ἐπ'
triarchēn Abraam ho logos katechei, tēs Chaldaïkēs philosophias en epistēmę̄ genomenon, kai tēn enarmonion te kai tetagmenēn tōn astrōn katanoēsanta thesin kai kinēsin, hypobathrą chrēsasthai tę̄ peri tauta gnōsei pros tēn tou hyperkeimenou agathou theōrian, logisamenon, hōs ei ta tę̄ aisthēsei lēpta toiauta, ti an eiē ta hyper aisthēsin? kai houtōs tou zētoumenou tychein, hoion epibanta tēs exō sophias, kai genomenon di' autēs hypsēloteron, hōste prosengisai tropon tina di᾿ autēs tois alēptois; houtō kai ho Megas houtos, tę̄ exō philosophią di᾽ epimeleias kathomilēsas, di' hōn ho Hellēnismos tois pollois bebaioutai, dia toutōn hōdēgēthē pros tēn tou Christianismou katanoēsin, kai katalipōn tēn peplanēmenēn tōn paterōn thrēskeian, ezētei tēn tōn ontōn alētheian, ex autōn tōn peponēmenōn tois exōthen didachtheis to tōn Hellēnikōn dogmatōn asystaton. Epeidē gar eiden pros diaphorous hypolēpseis en tais peri tou Theiou doxais schizomenēn tēn Hellēnikēn kai tēn barbaron homoiōs philosophian, kai tous tōn dogmatōn proestēkotas, oute pros allēlous symbainontas, kai to kath' heauton hekaston kratynein tę̄ perinoią tōn logōn philoneikountas; toutous men hōsper en emphyliǭ polemǭ, hyp' allēlōn anatrepomenous katelipen; katalambanei de ton hestōta logon tēs pisteōs, ton oudemią logikę̄ tini periergią kai technikais plokais kratynomenon, alla di᾽ haplotētos rhēmatōn homotimōs pasi katangellomenon hos en autǭ tǭ hyper tēn pistin einai, to piston echei. Ei gar toiouton ēn to legomenon, hōs tę̄ tōn anthrōpinōn logismōn dynamei katalambanesthai, ouden an tēs Hellēnikēs sophias diēnenke kakeinoi gar, hoper an katalabein exischysōsin, ekeino kai einai doxazousin), epei de anepibatos esti logismois anthrōpinois tēs hyperkeimenēs physeōs hē katalēpsis, toutou charin hē pistis anti tōn logismōn ginetai, tois hyper logon te kai katalēpsin heautēn epekteinousa. Dia tauta, kathōs peri tou Mōÿseōs phēsin hē Graphē, hoti epaideuthē pasę̄ sophią tōn Aigyptiōn; houtōs kai ho Megas houtos, dia pasēs elthōn tēs tōn Hellēnōn paideuseōs, kai gnous tę̄ peirą tōn par' autois dogmatōn to asthenes kai asystaton, mathētēs tou Euangeliou kathistatai kai prin achthēnai dia tēs mystikēs te kai asōmatou gennēseōs, houtōs katōrthou ton bion, hōs mēdena rhypon tēs hamartias epi to loutron eisenenkasthai. Ousēs de autǭ tēs diagōgēs en Aigyptǭ kata tēn megalēn tou ᾿Alexandrou polin, eis hēn kai hē pantachothen synerrhei neotēs tōn peri philosophian te kai iatrikēn espoudakotōn; chalepon ēn tois homēlixi theama, neos hyper tēn hēlikian tę̄ sōphrosynę̄ kosmoumenos. Ho gar tou kathareuontos epainos, tōn molynomenōn oneidos ēn. Hōs an oun apologia tis eiē tois akolastois, to mē monous autous einai dokein toioutous, epinoia tis ex epiboulēs par᾿ autōn epeskeuasthē, tou mōmon tina tǭ biǭ tou Megalou prostripsasthai. Kai proballetai par᾿ autōn, eis diabolēn ekeinou, gynaion hetairikon, ex oikēmatos ep'
having come to know the philosophy of the Chaldeans and considered the harmonious and ordered position and motion of the stars, used his knowledge of these things as a stepping-stone to the contemplation of the good that lies beyond, reasoning that if the things grasped by the senses are such, what must the things beyond sense be? And so he attained what he sought, mounting as it were upon the outside wisdom and becoming higher through it, so as in a way to draw near through it to the things that cannot be grasped. So too this great man, having diligently studied the outside philosophy, was guided by the very things through which Hellenism is confirmed for most people to an understanding of Christianity; and leaving the errant religion of his fathers, he sought the truth of the things that are, taught by the very labours of the outsiders the incoherence of the Greek doctrines. For when he saw Greek and barbarian philosophy alike split into different notions in their opinions about the Divine, and the leaders of the doctrines not agreeing with one another, and each contending to strengthen his own view by the subtlety of his arguments, he left them, as in a civil war, overthrown by one another; and he lays hold of the steadfast word of faith, which is not strengthened by any logical subtlety or technical intricacies, but is proclaimed to all alike in simple words, and which has its trustworthiness in the very fact that it is beyond belief. For if what is said were such as to be grasped by the power of human reasonings, it would not differ at all from Greek wisdom (for they too hold that whatever they are able to grasp is what exists); but since the comprehension of the transcendent nature is inaccessible to human reasonings, faith takes the place of reasonings, reaching out to what is beyond reason and comprehension. For this reason, as Scripture says of Moses that he was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, so too this great man, having gone through all the learning of the Greeks and come to know by experience the weakness and incoherence of their doctrines, becomes a disciple of the Gospel; and even before he was brought through the mystical and incorporeal birth, he so ordered his life that he brought no stain of sin to the washing. While he was spending his time in Egypt, in the great city of Alexander, to which the youth from everywhere who were devoted to philosophy and medicine streamed together, he was a hard sight for his age-mates: a young man adorned with chastity beyond his years. For the praise of the pure man was the reproach of the defiled. So, that the licentious might have some excuse in not seeming to be the only ones of that kind, a scheme was devised by them in a plot to fasten some blemish on the life of the great man. And they put forward, to slander him, a harlot, a woman from a brothel
Chapter 903
903PG 46:903–904
ἀτιμίᾳ κατεγνωσμένον. Τοῦ δὲ, κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες, τοῖς λογάσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐν σεμνῷ τῷ σχήματι περί τινος τῶν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν διασκοπουμένου καὶ συνασκουμένου, πρόσεισι τὸ γύναιον ἀκκιζόμενόν τε καὶ θρυπτόμενον, καὶ διὰ πάντων τὸ εἶναι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν συνηθείᾳ, δι' ὧν ἐφθέγγετό τε καὶ ἐποίει, σχηματιζόμενον· εἶτα ἔλεγε τῶν μισθωμάτων ἀποστερεῖσθαι, προστιθεῖσα καὶ τὰς ἀφορμὰς ὑπ᾿ ἀναιδείας, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡτιᾶτο τὴν τῶν μισθῶν ἀποστέρησιν. Τῶν δὲ συνεγνωκότων αὐτῷ τὸν καθαρὸν βίον, ἀγανακτούντων τε καὶ ὀργῇ κατὰ τοῦ γυναίου συγκινουμένων, οὔτε συνεταράχθη τοῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ χαλεπαίνουσιν, οὔτε τι τοιοῦτον εἶπεν συκοφαντούμενος, οἷον εἰκὸς τὸν ἀχθόμενον· οὐ μάρτυρας τοῦ βίου προσεκαλέσατο, οὐχ ὅρκῳ τὸν μῶμον ἀπώσατο, οὐ τὴν κακίαν τῶν ταῦτα κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ συσκευασαμένων διήλεγξεν· ἀλλ' ἐν ἠρεμαίᾳ τε καὶ καθεστώσῃ φωνῇ πρός τινα τῶν συνήθων ἀποστραφεὶς, Ὦ οὗτος, ἔφη, διάλυσον αὐτῇ τὸ ἀργύριον, ὡς ἂν μὴ διὰ πλεῖον διοχλοῦσα, τὴν προκειμένην τοῦ λόγου σπουδὴν ἐπιταράσσοι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μαθὼν παρὰ τῆς ἑταιρίδος ὁ τοῦτο προστεταγμένος, ὅσον ᾔτει παρ' αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀργύριον, ἑτοίμως ἅπαν ἀπηριθμήσατο, καὶ πέρας εἶχεν κατὰ τοῦ σώφρονος ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ τοῖς ἀκολάστοις, καὶ ἦν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἤδη τῆς ἀτίμου τὸ κέρδος· τότε δὴ γίνεται θεόθεν ή τε μαρτυρία τῆς σωφροσύνης τοῦ νέου, καὶ τῆς τῶν ὁμηλίκων συκοφαντίας ὁ ἔλεγχος. Ὁμοῦ γὰρ τῷ ὑποδέξασθαι τῇ χειρὶ τὸ ἀργύριον, πνεύματι δαιμονίῳ στρεβλωθεῖσα, καὶ βρυχηθμῷ θηριώδει παρὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φωνὴν ἀνοιμώξασα, πίπτει πρηνής κατὰ τὸ μέσον τῶν συνειλεγμένων· θέαμα φρικτόν τε καὶ φοβερὸν τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀθρόως γεγενημένη, τῶν τριχῶν τε διεῤῥιμμένων, καὶ ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶ σπαρασσομένων, καὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἀπεστραμμένων, καὶ τοῦ στόματος τὸν ἀφρὸν παραπτύοντος. Καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀνῆκεν καταπνίγον αὐτὴν τὸ δαιμόνιον, πρὶν ἢ τὸν Μέγαν ἐκεῖνον ἐπικαλέσασθαι τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἱλεώσασθαι. Τοιαῦτα τῆς νεότητος τοῦ μεγάλου τὰ διηγήματα, ἄξια ὡς ἀληθῶς τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα βεβιωμένων αὐτῷ τὰ προοίμια. Καίτοι γε τὸ θαῦμα τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὡς εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἦν ἕτερον ἐπὶ τούτοις εἰπεῖν, μηδενὸς αὐτὸν τῶν ἐπ᾿ ἀρετῇ διενεγκόντων, ἐκ τούτου μόνου τὰ δευτερεῖα τῶν ἐπαίνων ἔχειν πλούσιος, νέος, ἐν ὑπερορίοις διάγων, ἐν πολυανδρούσῃ πόλει τὴν διαγωγὴν ἔχων, ἐν ᾗ διὰ τὸ κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς συζῇν τοὺς νέους, ὄνειδος ἦν ἡ καθαρότης τῶν σωφρονούντων τοῖς ἄφροσιν· οὐ μητρὸς πολυ-
atimią kategnōsmenon. Tou de, kata to synēthes, tois logasi tōn andrōn en semnǭ tǭ schēmati peri tinos tōn kata philosophian diaskopoumenou kai synaskoumenou, proseisi to gynaion akkizomenon te kai thryptomenon, kai dia pantōn to einai pros auton en synētheią, di' hōn ephthengeto te kai epoiei, schēmatizomenon; eita elege tōn misthōmatōn apostereisthai, prostitheisa kai tas aphormas hyp᾿ anaideias, hyper hōn hētiato tēn tōn misthōn aposterēsin. Tōn de synegnōkotōn autǭ ton katharon bion, aganaktountōn te kai orgę̄ kata tou gynaiou synkinoumenōn, oute synetarachthē tois hyper autou chalepainousin, oute ti toiouton eipen sykophantoumenos, hoion eikos ton achthomenon; ou martyras tou biou prosekalesato, ouch horkǭ ton mōmon apōsato, ou tēn kakian tōn tauta kat᾿ autou syskeuasamenōn diēlenxen; all' en ēremaią te kai kathestōsę̄ phōnę̄ pros tina tōn synēthōn apostrapheis, Ō houtos, ephē, dialyson autę̄ to argyrion, hōs an mē dia pleion diochlousa, tēn prokeimenēn tou logou spoudēn epitarassoi. Epei de mathōn para tēs hetairidos ho touto prostetagmenos, hoson ę̄tei par' autou to argyrion, hetoimōs hapan apērithmēsato, kai peras eichen kata tou sōphronos hē epiboulē tois akolastois, kai ēn en tais chersin ēdē tēs atimou to kerdos; tote dē ginetai theothen ē te martyria tēs sōphrosynēs tou neou, kai tēs tōn homēlikōn sykophantias ho elenchos. Homou gar tǭ hypodexasthai tę̄ cheiri to argyrion, pneumati daimoniǭ streblōtheisa, kai brychēthmǭ thēriōdei para tēn anthrōpinēn phōnēn anoimōxasa, piptei prēnēs kata to meson tōn syneilegmenōn; theama phrikton te kai phoberon tois parousin athroōs gegenēmenē, tōn trichōn te dierrhimmenōn, kai tais idiais chersi sparassomenōn, kai tōn ophthalmōn apestrammenōn, kai tou stomatos ton aphron paraptyontos. Kai ou proteron anēken katapnigon autēn to daimonion, prin ē ton Megan ekeinon epikalesasthai ton Theon, kai hyper autēs hileōsasthai. Toiauta tēs neotētos tou megalou ta diēgēmata, axia hōs alēthōs tōn meta tauta bebiōmenōn autǭ ta prooimia. Kaitoi ge to thauma tosouton estin, hōs ei kai mēden ēn heteron epi toutois eipein, mēdenos auton tōn ep᾿ aretę̄ dienenkontōn, ek toutou monou ta deutereia tōn epainōn echein plousios, neos, en hyperoriois diagōn, en polyandrousę̄ polei tēn diagōgēn echōn, en hę̄ dia to kat᾿ exousian tais hēdonais syzę̄n tous neous, oneidos ēn hē katharotēs tōn sōphronountōn tois aphrosin; ou mētros poly-
condemned to disgrace. While he, as usual, was examining and practising some point of philosophy with the most eminent men in a dignified manner, the woman comes up, simpering and coy, and pretending by everything she said and did to be on familiar terms with him; then she said she was being deprived of her wages, and shamelessly added the occasions for which she claimed the wages were being withheld. Those who knew his pure life were indignant and stirred to anger against the woman; but he was neither disturbed along with those who were angry on his behalf, nor did he say anything of the kind that someone slandered would likely say in his vexation: he did not summon witnesses to his life, he did not repel the charge with an oath, he did not expose the wickedness of those who had contrived this against him; but turning in a calm and settled voice to one of his companions, he said, “Friend, pay her the money, so that she may not trouble us any longer and disturb the study of the discussion before us.” When the man given this instruction had learned from the harlot how much money she was asking of him and had readily counted it all out, and the plot of the licentious against the chaste man had reached its end, and the gain of the disgraceful woman was already in her hands, then indeed there came from God both the testimony to the young man's chastity and the refutation of his age-mates' slander. For at the very moment she received the money in her hand, twisted by a demonic spirit and crying out with a beastlike roar in place of a human voice, she falls headlong in the middle of the assembled company, suddenly become a dreadful and fearful sight to those present, her hair tossed about and torn by her own hands, her eyes rolled back, her mouth spitting foam. And the demon did not stop choking her until that great man called upon God and propitiated him on her behalf. Such are the stories of the great man's youth, preludes truly worthy of the life he lived afterward. And yet the wonder is so great that, even if there were nothing else to tell besides this, from this alone he would yield the second prize of praise to none of those who excelled in virtue: rich, young, living abroad, spending his time in a populous city in which, because the young lived with pleasures at their liberty, the purity of the chaste was a reproach to the senseless; with no mother busying herself
Chapter 905
905PG 46:905–906
πραγμονούσης τὸν βίον, οὐ πατρὸς παιδαγωγοῦντος τὴν καθ' ἡμέραν ζωήν εἰς τοσοῦτον ἐπῆρεν ἑαυτὸν δι᾽ ἀπαθείας πρὸς ἀρετὴν, ὡς τὸν τοῦ παντὸς ἔφορον, μάρτυρα τῶν βεβιωμένων ποιήσασθαι, τὸν τῇ πονηρᾷ πληγῇ τὴν συκοφαντίαν τῆς γυναικὸς ἀπελέγξαντα. Καὶ τί ἄν τις ἐπινοήσειε μείζον εἰς ἐγκωμίων ὑπόθεσιν; πῶς δὲ ἄν τις κατ᾿ ἀξίαν αὐτὸν θαυμάσειεν; Ὃς τῷ λόγῳ καταπαλαίσας τὴν φύσιν καθάπερ τι τῶν ὑποχειρίων ζώων ὑποζεύξας τῷ λογισμῷ τὴν νεότητα, καὶ πάντων τῶν φυσικῶν ἐπεγειρομένων παθημάτων κρείττων γενόμενος, καὶ τὸν πᾶσι τοῖς καλοῖς ἐπιφυόμενον φθόνον καθ' ἑαυτοῦ κινήσας, καὶ τούτου κρείττων ἐγένετο, μήτε πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν τῶν ἑταίρων ἑαυτὸν διαναστήσας πρὸς ἄμυναν, καὶ τὴν ὑπηρετησαμένην ἐκείνοις πρὸς τὸν μῶμον εὐεργετήσας, τοῦ κατὰ τὸν δαίμονα πάθους διὰ προσευχῆς ἐξελόμενος. Τοιοῦτον ἔγνωμεν διὰ τῆς ἱστορίας τὸν Ἰωσὴφ, ᾧ προὔκειτο μὲν κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν ἡ περὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ δεσπότου παρανομία, αὐτῆς ἐκείνης ἐπιμανείσης τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ νέου· καὶ μάρτυς τῶν τολμωμένων ἦν ἀνθρώπων οὐδείς· ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνος πρὸς τὸν θεῖον ὀφθαλμὸν βλέπων, τὸ δόξαι κακός πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι προείλετο, τὰ τῶν κακούργων ὑποστὰς μᾶλλον, ἢ κακοῦργος γενόμενος. ᾿Αλλ' ἔστι τι τάχα τούτῳ, καὶ πλέον τῆς ἱστορίας καυχήσασθαι· οὐ γὰρ ἴσον ἐστὶν εἰς ἀποτροπὴν τοῦ μιάσματος, το τε τῆς μοιχείας ἄγος, καὶ τὸ δοκοῦν ἐν ἐλάττονι πλημμελήματι τὸν μῶμον ἔχειν. Ὁ τοίνυν ἐν ᾧ κίνδυνός τις ἐκ τῶν νόμων οὐκ ἦν φοβερωτέραν μᾶλλον τῆς τιμωρίας αὐτὴν ἐξ ἁμαρτίας ἡδονὴν καθ' ἑαυτὴν εἶναι κρίνας, ἢ παρήλασε τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τῇ μεγαλοφυΐᾳ τοῦ θαύματος, ἢ πάντως οὐκ ἐν δευτέροις κριθήσεται. Ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν προοίμιον τοῦ βίου, τοιοῦτον. Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ βίος τίς; Ἐπειδὴ πᾶσαν παίδευσιν τῆς ἔξω σοφίας ἐπιδραμών, ἐνέτυχε Φιρμιλιανῷ τινι τῶν εὐπατριδῶν Καππαδόκῃ, ὁμοιοτρόπῳ κατὰ τὸ ἦθος, ὡς ἔδειξεν ἐκεῖνος τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ, κόσμος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τῶν Καισαρέων γενόμενος, καὶ τὸν τε σκοπὸν τοῦ φρονήματος καὶ ἰδίου βίου φανερὸν τῷ φίλῳ ἐποίησεν, ὡς εἴη πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν βλέπων, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου σπουδὴν ἔγνω περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπιθυμίαν συμβαίνουσαν, καταλιπών πᾶσαν τὴν περὶ τῆς ἔξω φιλοσοφίας σπουδήν, προσφοιτᾷ μετ᾿ ἐκείνου τῷ κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον τῆς τῶν Χριστιανῶν φιλοσοφίας καθηγουμένῳ Ωριγένης δὲ οὗτος ἦν, οὗ πολὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς συγγράμμασι λόγος), δεικνὺς καὶ διὰ τούτου, οὐ μόνον τὸ φιλομαθὲς καὶ φιλόπονον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κατεσταλμένον ἐν τῷ ἤθει καὶ μέτριον· τοσαύτης γὰρ σοφίας ἀνάπλεος ὢν ἑτέρῳ χρήσασθαι διδασκάλῳ πρὸς τὰ θεῖα τῶν μαθημάτων, οὐκ ἀπηξίωσεν, διαγαγὼν παρὰ τῷ διδασκάλῳ χρόνον τοῖς μαθήμασι σύμμετρον, πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν παρακαλούντων καὶ κατεχόντων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλλοδαπῆς, καὶ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἀξιούντων μένειν, πάντων προτιμοτέραν τὴν ἐνεγκοῦσαν αὐτὸν ποιησάμενος, ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα πάλιν ἐπάνεισιν, τὸν παντοδαπὸν πλοῦτον τῆς σοφίας τε καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ἐπαγόμενος, ὃν καθάπερ τις ἔμ-
pragmonousēs ton bion, ou patros paidagōgountos tēn kath' hēmeran zōēn eis tosouton epēren heauton di᾽ apatheias pros aretēn, hōs ton tou pantos ephoron, martyra tōn bebiōmenōn poiēsasthai, ton tę̄ ponērą plēgę̄ tēn sykophantian tēs gynaikos apelenxanta. Kai ti an tis epinoēseie meizon eis enkōmiōn hypothesin? pōs de an tis kat᾿ axian auton thaumaseien? Hos tǭ logǭ katapalaisas tēn physin kathaper ti tōn hypocheiriōn zōōn hypozeuxas tǭ logismǭ tēn neotēta, kai pantōn tōn physikōn epegeiromenōn pathēmatōn kreittōn genomenos, kai ton pasi tois kalois epiphyomenon phthonon kath' heautou kinēsas, kai toutou kreittōn egeneto, mēte pros tēn epiboulēn tōn hetairōn heauton dianastēsas pros amynan, kai tēn hypēretēsamenēn ekeinois pros ton mōmon euergetēsas, tou kata ton daimona pathous dia proseuchēs exelomenos. Toiouton egnōmen dia tēs historias ton Iōsēph, hǭ proukeito men kat᾿ exousian hē peri tēn gynaika tou despotou paranomia, autēs ekeinēs epimaneisēs tę̄ hōrą tou neou; kai martys tōn tolmōmenōn ēn anthrōpōn oudeis; alla kakeinos pros ton theion ophthalmon blepōn, to doxai kakos pro tou genesthai proeileto, ta tōn kakourgōn hypostas mallon, ē kakourgos genomenos. ᾿All' esti ti tacha toutǭ, kai pleon tēs historias kauchēsasthai; ou gar ison estin eis apotropēn tou miasmatos, to te tēs moicheias agos, kai to dokoun en elattoni plēmmelēmati ton mōmon echein. Ho toinyn en hǭ kindynos tis ek tōn nomōn ouk ēn phoberōteran mallon tēs timōrias autēn ex hamartias hēdonēn kath' heautēn einai krinas, ē parēlase ton Iōsēph tę̄ megalophyïą tou thaumatos, ē pantōs ouk en deuterois krithēsetai. Alla to men prooimion tou biou, toiouton. Autos de ho bios tis? Epeidē pasan paideusin tēs exō sophias epidramōn, enetyche Phirmilianǭ tini tōn eupatridōn Kappadokę̄, homoiotropǭ kata to ēthos, hōs edeixen ekeinos tǭ meta tauta biǭ, kosmos tēs Ekklēsias tōn Kaisareōn genomenos, kai ton te skopon tou phronēmatos kai idiou biou phaneron tǭ philǭ epoiēsen, hōs eiē pros ton Theon blepōn, kai tēn ekeinou spoudēn egnō peri tēn autēn epithymian symbainousan, katalipōn pasan tēn peri tēs exō philosophias spoudēn, prosphoitą met᾿ ekeinou tǭ kata ton chronon ekeinon tēs tōn Christianōn philosophias kathēgoumenǭ Ōrigenēs de houtos ēn, hou polys epi tois syngrammasi logos), deiknys kai dia toutou, ou monon to philomathes kai philoponon, alla kai to katestalmenon en tǭ ēthei kai metrion; tosautēs gar sophias anapleos ōn heterǭ chrēsasthai didaskalǭ pros ta theia tōn mathēmatōn, ouk apēxiōsen, diagagōn para tǭ didaskalǭ chronon tois mathēmasi symmetron, pollōn ontōn tōn parakalountōn kai katechontōn auton epi tēs allodapēs, kai par᾿ autois axiountōn menein, pantōn protimoteran tēn enenkousan auton poiēsamenos, epi tēn patrida palin epaneisin, ton pantodapon plouton tēs sophias te kai tēs gnōseōs epagomenos, hon kathaper tis em-
about his life, with no father guiding his daily conduct, he raised himself so far toward virtue through freedom from passion that he made the overseer of all things the witness of how he had lived, the one who exposed the woman's slander by that evil stroke. What could one devise greater as a subject for encomia? How could anyone admire him as he deserves? He wrestled nature down by reason, yoked his youth to reason like a tamed animal, became stronger than all the natural passions that rise up, and when he had stirred against himself the envy that grows up around all good things, he became stronger than this too, neither rousing himself to retaliate against the plot of his companions, and doing good to the woman who had served them for the slander by delivering her through prayer from the demon's affliction. Such we know Joseph to have been from the history: the lawless act with his master's wife lay within his power, she herself being mad for the young man's beauty, and there was no human witness of what might be dared; but he too, looking to the divine eye, chose to seem wicked rather than to become so, undergoing the lot of evildoers rather than becoming an evildoer. But perhaps this man has something to boast of even beyond the history. For, as regards turning away from defilement, the pollution of adultery is not equal to what is thought to carry blame as a lesser fault. He, then, who, in a case where there was no danger from the laws, judged that the pleasure that comes from sin is in itself more fearful than punishment, either surpassed Joseph by the greatness of the wonder, or at any rate will not be judged second to him. Such, then, was the prelude of his life. What was the life itself? When he had run through all the learning of the outside wisdom, he met Firmilian, one of the Cappadocian nobility, of similar character, as Firmilian showed by his later life, when he became the ornament of the church of the Caesareans. Gregory made plain to his friend the aim of his mind and of his own life, that he was looking toward God, and learned that his friend's zeal agreed in the same desire; then, leaving all zeal for the outside philosophy, he attends together with him upon the man who at that time was the leader of the Christians' philosophy (this was Origen, whose writings are much spoken of), showing by this not only his love of learning and of labour but also the restraint and moderation of his character. For though he was full of so much wisdom, he did not disdain to use another teacher for the divine branches of learning. Having spent with the teacher a time proportionate to his studies, though there were many urging him and holding him in the foreign land and asking him to remain among them, he preferred his native land to all of them and returns home again, bringing with him the manifold wealth of wisdom and knowledge which, like a mer-
Chapter 907
907PG 46:907–908
πορος ἐν ταῖς ἔξω σπουδαῖς πᾶσι καθομιλῶν τοῖς εὐδοκίμοις ἐνεπορεύσατο. Καίτοι γε τῷ δικαίως τὰ πράγματα κρίνοντι οὐδὲ τοῦτο μικρὸν πάντως εἰς εὐφημίαν δόξει, τὸ πόλεως τοσαύτην ἱκετηρίαν ἐκ κοινοῦ γενομένην ὑπεριδεῖν, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ λογάδων τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ καταμεῖναι τὸν ἄνδρα σπουδὴν, τῶν τε ἐπιδημούντων αὐτοῖς ἀρχόντων τὴν εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο προθυμίαν παραδέξασθαι· οἷς πᾶσι σκοπὸς ἦν, μεῖναι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς τὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον, καθάπερ οἰκιστὴν ἀρετῆς, καὶ βίου νομοθέτην ἐσόμενον· ἀλλὰ φεύγων πανταχόθεν τὰς πρὸς τὸν τύφον ὕλας, εἰδὼς ἀρχηγὸν ὡς τὸ πολλὰ τοῦ κατὰ κακίαν βίου τὸ καθ' ὑπερηφανίαν πάθος γινόμενον, ὥσπερ τινὰ λιμένα, τὸν ἡσύχιον ἐπὶ τῆς πατρίδος μέτεισι βίον. Παντὸς δὲ τοῦ ἔθνους πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα βλέποντος, καὶ πάντων προσδεχομένων δημοσιεύειν αὐτὸν ἐν κοινοῖς συλλόγοις τὴν παίδευσιν, ὡς ἄν τινα καρπὸν σχοίη τῶν μακρῶν πόνων τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς εὐδοκίμησιν εἰδὼς ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος ὅθεν προσήκει τὴν ἀληθῆ φιλοσοφίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀκριβῶς μετιόντων δημοσιεύεσθαι, ὡς ἂν μήποτε φιλοτιμίᾳ τινὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τρωθείη δεινὸς γάρ ἐστι τῶν ἀκουόντων ὁ ἔπαινος, τύφῳ τινὶ καὶ φιλοδοξίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς ὑποχαυνῶσαι τὸ σύντονον), τούτου χάριν ἐπίδειξιν ποιεῖται τὴν σιωπὴν, ἔργῳ δεικνὺς τὸν ἐγκείμενον θησαυρὸν, οὐχὶ ῥήμασι, καὶ τῶν κατ᾿ ἀγορὰν θορύβων, καὶ καθόλου τῆς ἐν ἄστει διαγωγῆς ἑαυτὸν χωρίσας, ἐν ἐσχατιᾷ τινι ἑαυτῷ μόνῳ συνῆν, καὶ δι' ἑαυτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ, μικρὸν παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ λόγον ποιούμενος, οὐ βασιλείας πολυπραγμονῶν, οὐκ ἀρχὰς ἐξετάζων, οὐ πῶς διοικεῖταί τι τῶν κοινῶν διεξιόντος ἀκούων· ἀλλ᾿ ὅπως ἂν ἡ ψυχὴ δι' ἀρετῆς τελειωθείη, τὴν φροντίδα ποιούμενος, πρὸς τοῦτο τῇ σπουδῇ συνέτεινε τὸν πάντα βίον, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ πράγματα χαίρειν ἑάσας, ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡμᾶς χρόνοις Μωϋσῆς ἀτεχνῶς πρὸς τὰ ἐκείνου θαύματα τὴν ἅμιλλαν ἔχων. Ἐξῆλθον ἀμφότεροι τοῦ ταραχώδους τούτου καὶ περιηχημένου βίου, Μωϋσῆς καὶ Γρηγόριος, κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον ἑκάτερος χρόνον ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἰδιάσαντες, ἕως ἐμφανὲς ἀμφοτέροις ἐκ θεοφανείας ἐγένετο τοῦ καθαροῦ βίου τὸ κέρδος· ἀλλὰ Μωϋσεῖ μὲν κατὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ γαμετὴ συνεφείπετο· Γρηγόριος δὲ σύνοικον ἑαυτῷ μόνην τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐποιήσατο. Τοῦ τοίνυν σκοποῦ τὸ ἴσον ἔχοντος ἐν ἀμφοτέροις πέρας γὰρ τῶν ἀμφοτέρων τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ἀναχωρήσεως ἦν, τῷ καθαρῷ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ κατανοῆσαι τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια), κρίνειν ἔξεστι τῷ πρὸς ἀρετὴν καλῶς βλέπειν ἐπισταμένῳ, ὁποτέρῳ τούτων μᾶλλον ὁ βίος δι' ἀπαθείας γέγονε, τῷ πρὸς τὴν νόμιμον καὶ συγκεχωρημένην καταβάντι τῶν ἡδονῶν μετουσίαν, ἢ τῷ κατ' αὐτῆς ὑπεραρθέντι, καὶ μηδεμίαν δεδωκότι καθ' ἑαυτοῦ πάροδον τῇ ὑλικῇ προσπαθείᾳ. Φαιδίμου δὲ κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον τῆς ᾿Αμασαίων Ἐκκλησίας
poros en tais exō spoudais pasi kathomilōn tois eudokimois eneporeusato. Kaitoi ge tǭ dikaiōs ta pragmata krinonti oude touto mikron pantōs eis euphēmian doxei, to poleōs tosautēn hiketērian ek koinou genomenēn hyperidein, kai pantōn tōn en autę̄ logadōn tēn hyper tou katameinai ton andra spoudēn, tōn te epidēmountōn autois archontōn tēn eis auto touto prothymian paradexasthai; hois pasi skopos ēn, meinai par᾽ autois ton megan ekeinon, kathaper oikistēn aretēs, kai biou nomothetēn esomenon; alla pheugōn pantachothen tas pros ton typhon hylas, eidōs archēgon hōs to polla tou kata kakian biou to kath' hyperēphanian pathos ginomenon, hōsper tina limena, ton hēsychion epi tēs patridos meteisi bion. Pantos de tou ethnous pros ton andra blepontos, kai pantōn prosdechomenōn dēmosieuein auton en koinois syllogois tēn paideusin, hōs an tina karpon schoiē tōn makrōn ponōn tēn ep᾿ autois eudokimēsin eidōs ho megas ekeinos hothen prosēkei tēn alēthē philosophian para tōn akribōs metiontōn dēmosieuesthai, hōs an mēpote philotimią tini tēn psychēn trōtheiē deinos gar esti tōn akouontōn ho epainos, typhǭ tini kai philodoxią tēs psychēs hypochaunōsai to syntonon), toutou charin epideixin poieitai tēn siōpēn, ergǭ deiknys ton enkeimenon thēsauron, ouchi rhēmasi, kai tōn kat᾿ agoran thorybōn, kai katholou tēs en astei diagōgēs heauton chōrisas, en eschatią tini heautǭ monǭ synēn, kai di' heautou tǭ Theǭ, mikron pantos tou kosmou kai tōn en autǭ logon poioumenos, ou basileias polypragmonōn, ouk archas exetazōn, ou pōs dioikeitai ti tōn koinōn diexiontos akouōn; all᾿ hopōs an hē psychē di' aretēs teleiōtheiē, tēn phrontida poioumenos, pros touto tę̄ spoudę̄ syneteine ton panta bion, kai ta en autǭ pragmata chairein heasas, allos tis houtos en tois kath' hēmas chronois Mōÿsēs atechnōs pros ta ekeinou thaumata tēn hamillan echōn. Exēlthon amphoteroi tou tarachōdous toutou kai periēchēmenou biou, Mōÿsēs kai Grēgorios, kata ton idion hekateros chronon eph᾽ heauton idiasantes, heōs emphanes amphoterois ek theophaneias egeneto tou katharou biou to kerdos; alla Mōÿsei men kata tēs philosophias kai gametē synepheipeto; Grēgorios de synoikon heautǭ monēn tēn aretēn epoiēsato. Tou toinyn skopou to ison echontos en amphoterois peras gar tōn amphoterōn tēs tōn pollōn anachōrēseōs ēn, tǭ katharǭ tēs psychēs ophthalmǭ katanoēsai ta theia mystēria), krinein exesti tǭ pros aretēn kalōs blepein epistamenǭ, hopoterǭ toutōn mallon ho bios di' apatheias gegone, tǭ pros tēn nomimon kai synkechōrēmenēn katabanti tōn hēdonōn metousian, ē tǭ kat' autēs hyperarthenti, kai mēdemian dedōkoti kath' heautou parodon tę̄ hylikę̄ prospatheią. Phaidimou de kata ton chronon ekeinon tēs ᾿Amasaiōn Ekklēsias
chant he had acquired in his outside studies by dealing with all men of good repute. Yet to one who judges matters justly it will surely seem no small ground for praise that he disregarded so great a petition made in common by a city, and did not accept the zeal of all its leading men that he should remain, nor the eagerness of the governors residing among them for this very thing. The aim of all of them was that that great man should stay with them as a founder of virtue and a lawgiver of life. But fleeing on every side the fuel of conceit, knowing that the passion of arrogance becomes for the most part the source of a life of vice, he makes for the quiet life in his native land as for a harbour. The whole nation looked to the man, and all expected him to display his learning publicly in common assemblies, so that he might reap good repute for it as some fruit of his long labours. But that great man knew from what source true philosophy ought to be displayed by those who pursue it rigorously, so that the soul might never be wounded by some ambition (for the praise of hearers is apt to slacken the soul's tension with conceit and love of glory); for this reason he makes silence his display, showing the treasure within by deed, not by words. Separating himself from the noise of the marketplace and from city life altogether, he lived in some remote place alone with himself, and through himself with God, taking small account of the whole world and the things in it, not busying himself about kingdoms, not inquiring into offices, not listening to anyone going through how some public matter is managed; but taking thought how his soul might be perfected through virtue, he bent his whole life to this with zeal and, bidding farewell to the affairs of life, he was simply another Moses in our times, rivalling his wonders. Both went out from this turbulent and noisy life, Moses and Gregory, each in his own time withdrawing into himself, until to both the gain of the pure life was made manifest through a theophany. But Moses was accompanied in his philosophy by a wife as well, whereas Gregory made virtue alone his companion. Since the aim was equal in both (for the goal of both men's withdrawal from the many was to contemplate the divine mysteries with the pure eye of the soul), whoever knows how to look rightly at virtue may judge which of the two lived his life more through freedom from passion: the one who came down to the lawful and permitted share in pleasures, or the one who rose above it and gave no access against himself to material attachment. Now Phaedimus at that time
Chapter 909
909PG 46:909–910
καθηγουμένου· ᾧ θεόθεν ἐξ ἁγίου Πνεύματος προγνωστική τις δύναμις ἦν· καὶ πᾶσαν ποιουμένου σπουδὴν, ὅπως ὑποχείριον λαβὼν τὸν μέγαν Γρηγόριον, εἰς Ἐκκλησίας ἀρχὴν ἀγάγοι, ὡς ἂν μὴ τοσοῦτον άγαθὸν ἀργόν τε καὶ ἀνόνητον παραδράμοι τὸν βίον· τῆς ὁρμῆς οὗτος τοῦ ἱερέως αἰσθόμενος, λανθάνειν ἐμηχανᾶτο, ἄλλο τε πρὸς ἄλλην ἐρημίαν μετανιστάμενος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πᾶσαν καθιεὶς πεῖραν ὁ πολὺς ἐκεῖνος Φαίδιμος, καὶ πάσῃ μηχανῇ τε καὶ ἐπινοίᾳ χρώμενος, οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν προσαγαγεῖν τῇ ἱερωσύνῃ τὸν ἄνδρα, μυρίοις ὄμμασι τὸ μὴ ἁλῶναί ποτε τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ ἱερέως προφυλασσόμενον, καὶ ἦν ἐφάμιλλος σπουδὴ ἀμφοτέροις· τοῦ μὲν ἐλεῖν ἐπιθυμοῦντος, τοῦ δὲ ἀποφυγεῖν τὸν διώκοντα (ὁ μὲν γὰρ ᾔδει τῷ Θεῷ προσάξειν ἱερὸν ἀνάθημα, ὁ δὲ ἐδεδοίκει, μή τι γένηται αὐτῷ πρὸς φιλοσοφίας ἐμπόδιον οἷόν τι φορτίον ἡ τῆς ἱερωσύνης φροντὶς ἐπαχθεῖσα τῷ βίῳ)• τούτου χάριν ὁρμῇ τινι θειοτέρᾳ περὶ τὴν προκειμένην σπουδὴν ἐπαρθεὶς ὁ Φαίδιμος, οὐδὲν προσχών τῷ μεταξὺ διαστήματι, ὑπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ Γρηγορίου διείργετο (τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἐκείνου ἀπέχοντος), ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀναβλέψας, καὶ εἰπὼν ὁμοίως ἑαυτόν τε κἀκεῖνον ἐπὶ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ καθορᾶσθαι, ἀντὶ χειρὸς ἐπάγει τῷ Γρηγορίῳ τὸν λόγον, ἀφιερώσας τῷ Θεῷ τὸν σωματικῶς οὐ παρόντα, καὶ ἀποκληρώσας αὐτῷ τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην, ἣν συνέβη μέχρι τῶν τότε χρόνων οὕτω τῇ πλάνῃ τῶν εἰδώλων κατέχεσθαι, ὥστε ἀπείρων ὄντων τῶν οἰκούντων αὐτήν τε τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὴν περίοικον, μὴ πλείους εὑρεθῆναι τῶν ἑπτακαίδεκα τοὺς παραδεδεγμένους τὸν λόγον τῆς πίστεως. Οὕτω τοίνυν ὑπελθὼν τὸν ζυγὸν κατ᾿ ἀνάγκην, πάντων μετὰ ταῦτα τῶν νομίμων ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τελεσθέντων, καὶ βραχὺν χρόνον αἰτησάμενος παρὰ τοῦ τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἐπικηρύξαντος, πρὸς κατανόησιν τῆς κατὰ τὸ μυστήριον ἀκριβείας, οὐκέτι, καθώς φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι προσανέχειν ᾤετο δεῖν, ἀλλὰ θεόθεν ἥτει γενέσθαι αὐτῷ τὴν τῶν κρυφίων φανέρωσιν· καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐπεθάρσησε τῷ τοῦ λόγου κηρύγματι, πρὶν διά τινος ἐμφανείας ἐκκαλυφθῆναι αὐτῷ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Σκοπουμένῳ γὰρ αὐτῷ ποτε ἐννύχιον περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς πίστεως, καὶ παντοίους ἀνακινοῦντι λογισμούς (ἦσαν γὰρ δὴ καὶ τότε τινὲς, οἱ τὴν εὐσεβῆ διδασκαλίαν παραχαράττοντες, διὰ τῆς πιθανότητος τῶν ἐπιχειρημάτων, ἀμφίβολον ποιοῦντες πολλάκις καὶ τοῖς συνετοῖς τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ὑπὲρ ἧς τότε διαγρυπνοῦντι αὐτῷ καὶ φροντίζοντι φαίνεταί τις καθ᾽ ὕπαρ ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῳ τῷ σχήματι, γηραλέος τὸ εἶδος, ἱεροπρεπής τῇ καταστολῇ τοῦ ἐνδύματος, πολλὴν ἐπισημαίνων τὴν ἀρετὴν τῇ περὶ τὸ
kathēgoumenou; hǭ theothen ex hagiou Pneumatos prognōstikē tis dynamis ēn; kai pasan poioumenou spoudēn, hopōs hypocheirion labōn ton megan Grēgorion, eis Ekklēsias archēn agagoi, hōs an mē tosouton agathon argon te kai anonēton paradramoi ton bion; tēs hormēs houtos tou hiereōs aisthomenos, lanthanein emēchanato, allo te pros allēn erēmian metanistamenos. Epei de pasan kathieis peiran ho polys ekeinos Phaidimos, kai pasę̄ mēchanę̄ te kai epinoią chrōmenos, ouch hoios te ēn prosagagein tę̄ hierōsynę̄ ton andra, myriois ommasi to mē halōnai pote tę̄ cheiri tou hiereōs prophylassomenon, kai ēn ephamillos spoudē amphoterois; tou men elein epithymountos, tou de apophygein ton diōkonta (ho men gar ę̄dei tǭ Theǭ prosaxein hieron anathēma, ho de ededoikei, mē ti genētai autǭ pros philosophias empodion hoion ti phortion hē tēs hierōsynēs phrontis epachtheisa tǭ biǭ)• toutou charin hormę̄ tini theioterą peri tēn prokeimenēn spoudēn epartheis ho Phaidimos, ouden proschōn tǭ metaxy diastēmati, hyper apo tou Grēgoriou dieirgeto (triōn hēmerōn hodon ekeinou apechontos), alla pros ton Theon anablepsas, kai eipōn homoiōs heauton te kakeinon epi tēs hōras ekeinēs hypo tou Theou kathorasthai, anti cheiros epagei tǭ Grēgoriǭ ton logon, aphierōsas tǭ Theǭ ton sōmatikōs ou paronta, kai apoklērōsas autǭ tēn polin ekeinēn, hēn synebē mechri tōn tote chronōn houtō tę̄ planę̄ tōn eidōlōn katechesthai, hōste apeirōn ontōn tōn oikountōn autēn te tēn polin, kai tēn perioikon, mē pleious heurethēnai tōn heptakaideka tous paradedegmenous ton logon tēs pisteōs. Houtō toinyn hypelthōn ton zygon kat᾿ anankēn, pantōn meta tauta tōn nomimōn ep᾿ autǭ telesthentōn, kai brachyn chronon aitēsamenos para tou tēn hierōsynēn epikēryxantos, pros katanoēsin tēs kata to mystērion akribeias, ouketi, kathōs phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos, sarki kai haimati prosanechein ǭeto dein, alla theothen hētei genesthai autǭ tēn tōn kryphiōn phanerōsin; kai ou proteron epetharsēse tǭ tou logou kērygmati, prin dia tinos emphaneias ekkalyphthēnai autǭ tēn alētheian. Skopoumenǭ gar autǭ pote ennychion peri tou logou tēs pisteōs, kai pantoious anakinounti logismous (ēsan gar dē kai tote tines, hoi tēn eusebē didaskalian paracharattontes, dia tēs pithanotētos tōn epicheirēmatōn, amphibolon poiountes pollakis kai tois synetois tēn alētheian; hyper hēs tote diagrypnounti autǭ kai phrontizonti phainetai tis kath᾽ hypar en anthrōpinǭ tǭ schēmati, gēraleos to eidos, hieroprepēs tę̄ katastolę̄ tou endymatos, pollēn episēmainōn tēn aretēn tę̄ peri to
was presiding over the church of the Amaseans. He had from God, from the Holy Spirit, a certain power of foreknowledge, and he was making every effort to get the great Gregory into his hands and bring him to the leadership of a church, so that so great a good might not pass through life idle and unprofitable. Gregory, perceiving the bishop's purpose, contrived to escape notice, moving from one solitude to another. That great Phaedimus tried every attempt and used every device and contrivance, but he could not bring the man to the priesthood, for he guarded with countless eyes against ever being caught by the bishop's hand; and there was a rival zeal on both sides, the one eager to catch, the other to escape his pursuer (for the one knew that he would bring to God a holy offering, and the other feared that the care of the priesthood, laid upon his life like a burden, might become some hindrance to his philosophy). For this reason Phaedimus, lifted by a more divine impulse in the matter at hand, paid no attention to the distance that separated him from Gregory (he was three days' journey away), but looking up to God and saying that both he himself and the other were equally seen by God at that hour, he applies his word to Gregory in place of a hand, consecrating to God the one not bodily present, and allotting to him that city which up to that time was so held by the error of idols that, though the inhabitants of the city itself and of the surrounding region were countless, no more than seventeen were found who had received the word of faith. So, having come under the yoke by compulsion, and all the customary rites having afterwards been performed for him, he asked of the one who had proclaimed him to the priesthood a short time to understand the exactness of the mystery; and he no longer thought he should, as the apostle says, consult flesh and blood, but asked that the revelation of hidden things be given him from God; and he did not take courage for the preaching of the word until the truth was revealed to him through an appearance. For once, as he was pondering by night about the doctrine of the faith and turning over all sorts of reasonings (for even then there were some who counterfeited the godly teaching and through the plausibility of their arguments often made the truth doubtful even to the intelligent), as he lay awake thinking about it, someone appears to him in a waking vision in human form, aged in appearance, priestly in the style of his clothing, showing great virtue by the grace about his
Chapter 911
911PG 46:911–912
πρόσωπον χάριτι, καὶ τῇ καταστάσει τοῦ σχήματος. Τὸν δὲ καταπλαγέντα τῇ ὄψει, διαναστῆναι μὲν τῆς εὐνῆς καὶ ὅστις εἴη μαθεῖν ἐδεῖτο, καὶ ὑπὲρ τίνος ἥκοι. Ἐκείνου δὲ καταστείλαντος αὐτοῦ τὴν ταραχὴν τῆς διανοίας ἐν ἠρεμαίᾳ φωνῇ, καὶ εἰπόντος θείῳ προστάγματι πεφηνέναι αὐτῷ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ χάριν, ὡς ἂν ἐκκαλυφθείῃ τῆς εὐσεβοῦς πίστεως ἡ ἀλήθεια· θαρσῆσαί τε πρὸς τὸν λόγον, καὶ βλέψαι πρὸς αὐτὸν μετά τινος χαρᾶς καὶ ἐκπλήξεως. Εἶτα ἐκείνου κατ᾿ εὐθὺ τὴν χεῖρα προτείναντος, καὶ οἷον ὑποδεικνύντος αὐτῷ διὰ τῆς τῶν δακτύλων εὐθείας τὸ ἐκ πλαγίου φαινόμενον, συμπεριαγαγεῖν τοῦτον τῇ εὐθείᾳ τῆς χειρὸς τὸ ἴδιον βλέμμα, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἀντιπρόσωπον ἕτερον θέαμα τῷ ὀφθέντι, ἐν γυναικείῳ τῷ σχήματι, κρεῖττον ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον· πάλιν δὲ καταπλαγέντα, συγκλιθῆναί τε πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τῷ προσώπῳ, καὶ ἀμηχανεῖν τῷ θεάματι, μὴ φέροντα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τὴν ἐμφάνειαν (καὶ γὰρ δὴ τὸ παράδοξον τῆς ὀπτασίας ἐν τούτῳ μάλιστα ἦν, ὅτι νυκτὸς οὔσης βαθείας, φῶς τοῖς ὀφθεῖσιν αὐτῷ συνεξέλαμψεν, ὥσπερ τινὸς λαμπρᾶς ἐξαπτομένης λαμπάδος Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν φέρειν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τὴν ἐμφάνειαν, ἤκουσε διὰ λόγου τινὸς τῶν ὀφθέντων αὐτῷ, πρὸς ἀλλήλους τὸν περὶ τοῦ ζητουμένου λόγον διεξιόντων· δι᾽ ὧν οὐ μόνον ἐπαιδεύθη τὴν ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν τῆς πίστεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων τοὺς ἐπιφανέντας ἐγνώρισεν, ἑκατέρου αὐτῶν διὰ τῆς οἰκείας προσηγορίας ἀνακαλοῦντος τὸν ἕτερον. Ἀκοῦσαι γὰρ λέγεται παρὰ τῆς ἐν γυναικείῳ φανείσης τῷ σχήματι παρακαλούσης τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν Ἰωάννην, φανερῶσαι τῷ νέῳ τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον· ἐκεῖνον δὲ εἰπεῖν, ἑτοίμως ἔχειν καὶ τοῦτο τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Κυρίου χαρίσασθαι, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο φίλον αὐτῇ καὶ οὕτως εἰπόντα τὸν λόγον σύμμετρόν τε καὶ εὐπερίγραπτον, πάλιν μεταναστῆναι τῶν ὄψεων. Τὸν δὲ παραχρῆμὰ τὴν θείαν ἐκείνην μυσταγωγίαν γράμμασιν ἐνσημήνασθαι, καὶ κατ' ἐκείνην μετὰ ταῦτα κηρύσσειν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τὸν λόγον, καὶ τοῖς ἐφεξῆς, ὥσπερ τινὰ κλῆρον τὴν θεόσδοτον ἐκείνην διδασκαλίαν καταλιπεῖν· δι' ἧς μυσταγωγείται μέχρι τοῦ νῦν ὁ ἐκείνης λαὸς, πάσης αἱρετικῆς κακίας διαμείνας ἀπείρατος. Τὰ δὲ τῆς μυσταγωγίας ῥήματα, ταῦτὰ ἐστιν· Εἰς Θεὸς Πατήρ Λόγου ζῶντος, σοφίας ὑφεστώσης καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ χαρακτῆρος ἀϊδίου, τέλειος, τελείου γεννήτωρ· Πατὴρ Υἱοῦ μονογενοῦς. Εἰς Κύριος, μόνος ἐκ μόνου, Θεὸς ἐκ Θεοῦ, χαρακτὴρ καὶ εἰκὼν τῆς θεότητος, Λόγος ἐνεργός, σοφία τῆς τῶν ὅλων συστάσεως περιεκτική, καὶ δύναμις τῆς ὅλης κτίσεως ποιητική, Υἱὸς ἀληθινὸς ἀληθινοῦ Πατρὸς, ἀόρατος ἀοράτου, καὶ ἄφθαρτος ἀφθάρτου, καὶ ἀθάνατος ἀθανάτου, καὶ ἀΐδιος ἀϊδίου. Καὶ ἓν Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ἐκ Θεοῦ τὴν ὕπαρξιν ἔχον· καὶ δι' Υἱοῦ πεφηνὸς, δηλαδὴ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, εἰκὼν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τελείου τελεία, ζωὴ
prosōpon chariti, kai tę̄ katastasei tou schēmatos. Ton de kataplagenta tę̄ opsei, dianastēnai men tēs eunēs kai hostis eiē mathein edeito, kai hyper tinos hēkoi. Ekeinou de katasteilantos autou tēn tarachēn tēs dianoias en ēremaią phōnę̄, kai eipontos theiǭ prostagmati pephēnenai autǭ tōn amphisbētoumenōn par᾿ autou charin, hōs an ekkalyphtheię̄ tēs eusebous pisteōs hē alētheia; tharsēsai te pros ton logon, kai blepsai pros auton meta tinos charas kai ekplēxeōs. Eita ekeinou kat᾿ euthy tēn cheira proteinantos, kai hoion hypodeiknyntos autǭ dia tēs tōn daktylōn eutheias to ek plagiou phainomenon, symperiagagein touton tę̄ eutheią tēs cheiros to idion blemma, kai idein antiprosōpon heteron theama tǭ ophthenti, en gynaikeiǭ tǭ schēmati, kreitton ē kata anthrōpon; palin de kataplagenta, synklithēnai te pros heauton tǭ prosōpǭ, kai amēchanein tǭ theamati, mē pheronta tois ophthalmois tēn emphaneian (kai gar dē to paradoxon tēs optasias en toutǭ malista ēn, hoti nyktos ousēs batheias, phōs tois ophtheisin autǭ synexelampsen, hōsper tinos lampras exaptomenēs lampados Epei oun ouch hoios te ēn pherein tois ophthalmois tēn emphaneian, ēkouse dia logou tinos tōn ophthentōn autǭ, pros allēlous ton peri tou zētoumenou logon diexiontōn; di᾽ hōn ou monon epaideuthē tēn alēthē gnōsin tēs pisteōs, alla kai dia tōn onomatōn tous epiphanentas egnōrisen, hekaterou autōn dia tēs oikeias prosēgorias anakalountos ton heteron. Akousai gar legetai para tēs en gynaikeiǭ phaneisēs tǭ schēmati parakalousēs ton euangelistēn Iōannēn, phanerōsai tǭ neǭ to tēs eusebeias mystērion; ekeinon de eipein, hetoimōs echein kai touto tę̄ mētri tou Kyriou charisasthai, epeidē touto philon autę̄ kai houtōs eiponta ton logon symmetron te kai euperigrapton, palin metanastēnai tōn opseōn. Ton de parachrēma tēn theian ekeinēn mystagōgian grammasin ensēmēnasthai, kai kat' ekeinēn meta tauta kēryssein en tę̄ ekklēsią ton logon, kai tois ephexēs, hōsper tina klēron tēn theosdoton ekeinēn didaskalian katalipein; di' hēs mystagōgeitai mechri tou nyn ho ekeinēs laos, pasēs hairetikēs kakias diameinas apeiratos. Ta de tēs mystagōgias rhēmata, tauta estin; Eis Theos Patēr Logou zōntos, sophias hyphestōsēs kai dynameōs, kai charaktēros aïdiou, teleios, teleiou gennētōr; Patēr Huiou monogenous. Eis Kyrios, monos ek monou, Theos ek Theou, charaktēr kai eikōn tēs theotētos, Logos energos, sophia tēs tōn holōn systaseōs periektikē, kai dynamis tēs holēs ktiseōs poiētikē, Huios alēthinos alēthinou Patros, aoratos aoratou, kai aphthartos aphthartou, kai athanatos athanatou, kai aïdios aïdiou. Kai hen Pneuma hagion, ek Theou tēn hyparxin echon; kai di' Huiou pephēnos, dēladē tois anthrōpois, eikōn tou Huiou teleiou teleia, zōē
face and by the composure of his bearing. Gregory, astonished at the sight, rose from his bed and asked who he was and why he had come. The other calmed the disturbance of his mind with a gentle voice and said that he had appeared to him by divine command on account of the questions he was in doubt about, so that the truth of the godly faith might be revealed to him; at this Gregory took courage at his words and looked at him with a mixture of joy and amazement. Then the other stretched his hand straight out and, as it were, pointed out to him with his outstretched fingers something appearing at the side; Gregory turned his gaze along the line of the hand and saw opposite the first figure another sight, in a woman's form, greater than human. Astonished again, he bowed his face and was at a loss before the sight, unable to bear the appearance with his eyes (for the marvel of the vision lay especially in this, that though it was deep night, a light shone out together with those who appeared to him, as if a bright lamp had been kindled). Since he could not bear the appearance with his eyes, he heard a conversation of those who appeared to him, as they went through the question with each other; through it he was not only instructed in the true knowledge of the faith, but also recognized by their names those who had appeared, each of them addressing the other by his own name. For he is said to have heard the one who appeared in a woman's form urging John the Evangelist to make plain to the young man the mystery of godliness; and John said he was ready to grant this too to the mother of the Lord, since it was dear to her; and having spoken the doctrine, well proportioned and clearly defined, they vanished again from his sight. And he at once recorded that divine instruction in writing, and afterwards preached the word in the church in accordance with it, and left that God-given teaching to those after him as an inheritance; by it the people of that church are instructed in the mystery to this day, having remained untouched by every heretical evil. The words of the instruction are these: “One God, Father of the living Word, of subsistent wisdom and power and of the eternal impress, perfect begetter of the perfect, Father of the only-begotten Son. One Lord, alone from the alone, God from God, impress and image of the Godhead, effective Word, wisdom that holds together the constitution of all things, and power that makes the whole creation, true Son of the true Father, invisible of invisible, and incorruptible of incorruptible, and immortal of immortal, and eternal of eternal. And one Holy Spirit, having existence from God and manifested through the Son, that is, to human beings, perfect image of the perfect Son, life,
Chapter 913
913PG 46:913–914
ζώντων αἰτία, πηγὴ ἀγία, ἁγιότης ἁγιασμοῦ χορηγός· ἐν ᾧ φανεροῦται Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ, ὁ ἐπὶ πάντων καὶ ἐν πᾶσι· καὶ Θεὸς ὁ Υἱὸς, ὁ διὰ πάντων· Τριὰς τελεία, δόξῃ καὶ ἀϊδιότητι καὶ βασιλείᾳ μὴ μεριζομένη, μηδὲ ἀπαλλοτριουμένη. Οὔτε οὖν κτιστόν τι, ἢ δοῦλον ἐν τῇ Τριάδι, οὔτε ἐπείσακτόν τι, ὡς πρότερον μὲν οὐχ ὑπάρχον, ὕστερον δὲ ἐπεισελθόν. Οὔτε οὖν ἐνέλιπέ ποτε Υἱὸς Πατρὶ, οὔτε Υἱῷ Πνεῦμα· ἀλλ᾽ ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἀναλλοίωτος ἡ αὐτὴ Τριὰς ἀεί. Ὅτῳ δὲ φίλον περὶ τούτου πεισθῆναι, ἀκουέτω τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ἐν ᾗ τὸν λόγον ἐκήρυττεν, παρ' οἷς αὐτὰ τὰ χαράγματα τῆς μακαρίας ἐκείνης χειρὸς εἰς ἔτι καὶ νῦν διασώζεται. Ταῦτ᾽ οὐχὶ πρὸς τὰς θεοτεύκτους ἐκείνας πλάκας ἁμιλλᾶται τῇ μεγαλοφυΐᾳ τῆς χαρίτος; ἐκείνας δὲ λέγω τὰς πλάκας, ἐν αἷς ἡ τοῦ θείου βουλήματος ἐνετυπώθη νομοθεσία. Ὡς γὰρ τὸν Μωϋσέα φησὶν ὁ λόγος, ἔξω τοῦ φαινομένου γενόμενον, καὶ ἐντὸς τῶν ἀοράτων ἀδύτων τῇ ψυχῇ καταστάντα (τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ γνόφος αἰνίττεται), μαθεῖν τε τὰ θεῖα μυστήρια, καὶ δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τῆς θεογνωσίας παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ καθηγήσασθαι· τὴν αὐτὴν ἔστι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μεγάλου τούτου κατιδεῖν οἰκονομίαν· ᾧ ὄρος μὲν ἦν, οὐκ αἰσθητόν τι ἢ γεώλοφον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕψος τῆς τῶν ἀληθινῶν δογμάτων ἐπιθυμίας· γνόφος δὲ τὸ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀχώρητον θέαμα δέλτος δὲ ἡ ψυχή· τὰ δὲ ἐν ταῖς πλαξὶ γράμματα, ἡ τοῦ ὀφθέντος φωνή· δι᾽ ὧν ἁπάντων αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς παρ᾽ ἐκείνου μυσταγωγουμένοις ἐγένετο ἡ τῶν μυστηρίων φανέρωσις. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν παῤῥησίας τινὸς καὶ θάρσους διὰ τῆς ὄψεως ἐκείνης πλήρης ἐγένετο, καθάπερ τις ἀθλητὴς ἀρκοῦσαν πρὸς τοὺς ἄθλους ἐμπειρίαν τε καὶ δύναμιν ἐκ παιδοτρίβου κτησάμενος, θαρσῶν ἀποδύεται πρὸς τὸ στάδιον, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπάλους ἀγωνίζεται, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος, τῇ τε καθ' ἑαυτὸν μελέτῃ καὶ τῇ συμμαχίᾳ τῆς ἐπιφανείσης αὐτῷ χάριτος, ἱκανῶς τὴν ψυχὴν ἀλειψάμενος, οὕτως ἀντιλαμβάνεται τῶν ἀγώνων. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλο τι χρὴ καλεῖν, ἢ ἀγῶνας καὶ ἄθλους, πάντα τὸν καθ' ἱερωσύνην αὐτοῦ βίον, ἐν ᾧ πᾶσαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως τὴν τοῦ ἀντικειμένου κατηγωνίσατο δύναμιν. Εὐθὺς γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐσχατιᾶς ἑαυτὸν ἀναστήσας, καὶ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν τὴν ὁρμὴν ἔχων, ἐν ᾗ ἔδει τῷ Θεῷ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν συστήσασθαι· ἐπειδὴ ἔγνω πάντα τὸν χῶρον τῇ τῶν δαιμόνων ἀπάτῃ κατακρατούμενον, καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἀληθινοῦ Θεοῦ ναὸν οὐδαμοῦ κατεσκευασμένον, πεπληρωμένην δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν περίοικον βωμῶν τε ἱερῶν καὶ ἀφιδρυμάτων· παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους ταύτην ἔχοντος τὴν σπουδὴν, ὅπως ἂν τὰ τεμένη τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καλλωπίζοιτο, καὶ παραμένοι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ εἰδωλομανία, πομπαῖς τε καὶ τελεταῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐπιβωμίοις μιάσμασι κρατυνομένη· καθάπερ τις στρατιώτης γενναῖος τῷ κρατοῦντι τῆς παρατάξεως συμπλακεὶς, δι᾽ ἐκείνου τὸ ὑποχείριον τρέπεται· οὗτως καὶ ὁ μέγας οὗτος ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν δαιμόνων τῆς ἀριστείας ἄρχεται. Τίς δὲ ὁ τρόπος; Διερχόμενος γὰρ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐσχατιᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ὁδὸν, ἑσπέρας καταλαβούσης, καὶ ὄμβρου βιαιοτέρου συνέχοντος,
zōntōn aitia, pēgē agia, hagiotēs hagiasmou chorēgos; en hǭ phaneroutai Theos ho Patēr, ho epi pantōn kai en pasi; kai Theos ho Huios, ho dia pantōn; Trias teleia, doxę̄ kai aïdiotēti kai basileią mē merizomenē, mēde apallotrioumenē. Oute oun ktiston ti, ē doulon en tę̄ Triadi, oute epeisakton ti, hōs proteron men ouch hyparchon, hysteron de epeiselthon. Oute oun enelipe pote Huios Patri, oute Huiǭ Pneuma; all᾽ atreptos kai analloiōtos hē autē Trias aei. Hotǭ de philon peri toutou peisthēnai, akouetō tēs Ekklēsias, en hę̄ ton logon ekērytten, par' hois auta ta charagmata tēs makarias ekeinēs cheiros eis eti kai nyn diasōzetai. Taut᾽ ouchi pros tas theoteuktous ekeinas plakas hamillatai tę̄ megalophyïą tēs charitos? ekeinas de legō tas plakas, en hais hē tou theiou boulēmatos enetypōthē nomothesia. Hōs gar ton Mōÿsea phēsin ho logos, exō tou phainomenou genomenon, kai entos tōn aoratōn adytōn tę̄ psychę̄ katastanta (touto gar ho gnophos ainittetai), mathein te ta theia mystēria, kai di᾿ heautou tēs theognōsias pantos tou laou kathēgēsasthai; tēn autēn esti kai epi tou megalou toutou katidein oikonomian; hǭ oros men ēn, ouk aisthēton ti ē geōlophon, alla to hypsos tēs tōn alēthinōn dogmatōn epithymias; gnophos de to tois allois achōrēton theama deltos de hē psychē; ta de en tais plaxi grammata, hē tou ophthentos phōnē; di᾽ hōn hapantōn autǭ te kai tois par᾽ ekeinou mystagōgoumenois egeneto hē tōn mystēriōn phanerōsis. Epeidē toinyn parrhēsias tinos kai tharsous dia tēs opseōs ekeinēs plērēs egeneto, kathaper tis athlētēs arkousan pros tous athlous empeirian te kai dynamin ek paidotribou ktēsamenos, tharsōn apodyetai pros to stadion, kai pros tous antipalous agōnizetai, ton auton tropon kakeinos, tę̄ te kath' heauton meletę̄ kai tę̄ symmachią tēs epiphaneisēs autǭ charitos, hikanōs tēn psychēn aleipsamenos, houtōs antilambanetai tōn agōnōn. Ou gar allo ti chrē kalein, ē agōnas kai athlous, panta ton kath' hierōsynēn autou bion, en hǭ pasan dia tēs pisteōs tēn tou antikeimenou katēgōnisato dynamin. Euthys gar apo tēs eschatias heauton anastēsas, kai pros tēn polin tēn hormēn echōn, en hę̄ edei tǭ Theǭ tēn Ekklēsian systēsasthai; epeidē egnō panta ton chōron tę̄ tōn daimonōn apatę̄ katakratoumenon, kai tou men alēthinou Theou naon oudamou kateskeuasmenon, peplērōmenēn de pasan tēn polin kai tēn perioikon bōmōn te hierōn kai aphidrymatōn; pantos tou ethnous tautēn echontos tēn spoudēn, hopōs an ta temenē tōn eidōlōn kai ta hiera kallōpizoito, kai paramenoi tois anthrōpois hē eidōlomania, pompais te kai teletais kai tois epibōmiois miasmasi kratynomenē; kathaper tis stratiōtēs gennaios tǭ kratounti tēs parataxeōs symplakeis, di᾽ ekeinou to hypocheirion trepetai; houtōs kai ho megas houtos ap᾿ autōn tōn daimonōn tēs aristeias archetai. Tis de ho tropos? Dierchomenos gar tēn apo tēs eschatias epi tēn polin hodon, hesperas katalabousēs, kai ombrou biaioterou synechontos,
the cause of the living, holy fountain, holiness, the provider of sanctification; in whom is manifested God the Father, who is over all and in all, and God the Son, who is through all: a perfect Trinity, in glory and eternity and kingship neither divided nor estranged. There is, then, nothing created or servile in the Trinity, nor anything brought in, as if it did not exist before but entered afterwards. So neither was the Son ever lacking to the Father, nor the Spirit to the Son; but the same Trinity is ever unchangeable and unalterable.” Whoever wishes to be convinced of this, let him hear the church in which he preached the word, among whom the very characters written by that blessed hand are preserved even now. Does this not vie, in the greatness of the grace, with those tablets made by God? I mean those tablets on which the legislation of the divine will was imprinted. For as the account says that Moses, having gone outside what appears and taken his stand in his soul within the invisible sanctuary (for this is what the darkness hints at), learned the divine mysteries and through himself led the whole people in the knowledge of God, the same dispensation can be seen in the case of this great man too. For him the mountain was nothing perceptible or earthly, but the height of his desire for true doctrines; the darkness was the sight that others could not contain; the tablet was his soul; the letters on the tablets were the voice of the one who appeared; and through all these the revelation of the mysteries came to him and to those he instructed. Since, then, he had become full of boldness and courage through that vision, just as an athlete who has acquired from his trainer experience and strength enough for the contests strips confidently for the stadium and contends with his opponents, in the same way he too, having sufficiently anointed his soul by his own practice and by the alliance of the grace that had appeared to him, takes up the contests. For one must call his whole life in the priesthood nothing other than contests and struggles, in which he overcame through faith all the power of the adversary. For he at once raised himself from his remote place and set out for the city in which he was to establish the church for God. He knew that the whole region was dominated by the deceit of demons, that nowhere had a temple of the true God been built, but that the whole city and the region around were filled with altars, sacred precincts and images, the whole nation being zealous that the precincts of the idols and the temples be adorned and that the madness for idols might remain among men, strengthened by processions and rites and the pollutions upon the altars. So, as a brave soldier who has grappled with the commander of the battle line routs his subordinates through him, this great man too begins his deeds of valour with the demons themselves. In what way? As he was travelling the road from his remote place to the city, evening overtook him and a violent downpour held them back,
Chapter 915
915PG 46:915–916
ἐντὸς ἱεροῦ τινος γίνεται, μετὰ τῶν ἑπομένων αὐτῷ. Τὸ δὲ ἱερὸν ἐκεῖνο τῶν ἐπισήμων ἦν, ᾧ τις φανερά τῶν θεραπευομένων δαιμόνων ἐπιφοίτησις τοῖς νεωκόροις ἐγίνετο, μαντικῆς τινος χρησμῳδίας παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐνεργουμένης. Ὑπελθὼν δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν μετὰ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ μὲν δαιμόνια παραχρῆμα τῇ ἐπικλήσει τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατεπτόησεν· τῷ δὲ τύπῳ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὸν μεμολυσμένον ταῖς κνίσσαις ἀέρα καθαγνίσας, διήγαγεν, κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες αὐτῷ, τὴν νύκτα πᾶσαν ἐν προσευχαῖς τε καὶ ὑμνῳδίαις διαγρυπνήσας, ὥστε μετασκευασθῆναι εἰς προσευχῆς οἶκον, τὸν ἐβδελυγμένον τῷ τε ἐπιβωμίῳ λύθρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀφιδρύμασιν. Τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον τῆς νυκτὸς αὐτῷ διανυσθείσης, εἴχετο πάλιν κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσω πορείας. Τοῦ δὲ νεωκόρου κατὰ τὸν ὄρθρον τὴν συνήθη προσάγοντος θεραπείαν τοῖς δαίμοσιν, εἰπεῖν ἐπιφανέντα φασὶν αὐτῷ τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄβατον αὐτοῖς τὸ ἱερὸν εἶναι, διὰ τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ καταμείναντα· τὸν δὲ καθαρσίοις τισὶ καὶ θυσίαις χρώμενον ἐπιχειρεῖν διὰ τούτων πάλιν εἰσοικίσαι τῷ ναῷ τὰ δαιμόνια· ὡς δὲ πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ πεῖραν προσάγοντος, ἄπρακτος ἦν ἡ σπουδή, οὐδαμοῦ κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες ὑπακουόντων αὐτοῦ τῶν δαιμόνων τῇ ἐπικλήσει· τότε θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ διαναστὰς καταλαμβάνει τὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον ὁ νεωκόρος, πάντα ἀπειλῶν τὰ δεινότατα, καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν εἰσαγγέλλειν, καὶ χειρὶ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ κεχρῆσθαι, βασιλεῖ καταμηνύειν τὴν τόλμαν, ὅτι δὴ Χριστιανὸς ὧν καὶ θεοῖς ἐχθρὸς, ἐτόλμησεν ἐντὸς τῶν ἀνακτόρων γενέσθαι· οὗ τὴν εἴσοδον ἀπεστράφθαι τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐνεργοῦσαν δύναμιν, καὶ μηκέτι ἐπιχωριάζειν τοῖς τόποις κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες τὴν μαντικὴν τῶν δαιμόνων ἐνέργειαν. Τοῦ δὲ τὸν προπετῆ καὶ ἀπαίδευτον τοῦ νεωκόρου θυμὸν ἐν ὑπερέχοντι φρονήματι καταβάλλοντος, καὶ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν συμμαχίαν πάσαις ἀντιπροβαλομένου ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς, καὶ λέγοντος τοσοῦτον πεποιθέναι τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ ὑπερμαχοῦντος αὐτοῦ, ὥστε κατ' ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἀπελαύνειν τε αὐτοὺς, ὅθεν ἂν βούληται, καὶ εἰσοικίζειν οἷς ἂν ἐθέλῃ τόποις, καὶ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ὧν ἔλεγεν ἤδη παρέξειν ὑπισχνουμένου, θαυμάσαντα τὸν νεωκόρον, καὶ καταπλαγέντα τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τούτων δεῖξαι τὴν δύναμιν, προσκαλέσασθαι, καὶ πάλιν ἐντὸς ποιῆσαι τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὰ δαιμόνια. ᾿Ακούσαντα δὲ τοῦτο τὸν μέγαν, ἀποῤῥῆξαί τι τοῦ βιβλίου τμῆμα βραχὺ, καὶ δοῦναι τοῦτο τῷ νεωκόρῳ, προστακτικήν τινα φωνὴν κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων χαράξαντα· ἦν δὲ τὰ γράμματα ἐπ' αὐτῆς τῆς λέξεως ταῦτα· ΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ ΤΩΙ ΣΑΤΑΝΑ, ΕΙΣΕΛΘΕ. Λαβόντα δὲ τὸν νεωκόρον ἀναθεῖναι τῷ βωμῷ τὸ βιβλίον, εἶτα προσαγαγόντα τὰς συνήθεις αὐτοῖς
entos hierou tinos ginetai, meta tōn hepomenōn autǭ. To de hieron ekeino tōn episēmōn ēn, hǭ tis phanera tōn therapeuomenōn daimonōn epiphoitēsis tois neōkorois egineto, mantikēs tinos chrēsmǭdias par᾿ autōn energoumenēs. Hypelthōn de to hieron meta tōn syn autǭ, ta men daimonia parachrēma tę̄ epiklēsei tou onomatos tou Christou kateptoēsen; tǭ de typǭ tou staurou ton memolysmenon tais knissais aera kathagnisas, diēgagen, kata to synēthes autǭ, tēn nykta pasan en proseuchais te kai hymnǭdiais diagrypnēsas, hōste metaskeuasthēnai eis proseuchēs oikon, ton ebdelygmenon tǭ te epibōmiǭ lythrǭ kai tois aphidrymasin. Touton de ton tropon tēs nyktos autǭ dianystheisēs, eicheto palin kata ton orthron tēs epi to prosō poreias. Tou de neōkorou kata ton orthron tēn synēthē prosagontos therapeian tois daimosin, eipein epiphanenta phasin autǭ ta daimonia, abaton autois to hieron einai, dia ton en autǭ katameinanta; ton de katharsiois tisi kai thysiais chrōmenon epicheirein dia toutōn palin eisoikisai tǭ naǭ ta daimonia; hōs de pasan autou peiran prosagontos, apraktos ēn hē spoudē, oudamou kata to synēthes hypakouontōn autou tōn daimonōn tę̄ epiklēsei; tote thymǭ kai orgę̄ dianastas katalambanei ton megan ekeinon ho neōkoros, panta apeilōn ta deinotata, kai tois archousin eisangellein, kai cheiri kat᾿ autou kechrēsthai, basilei katamēnyein tēn tolman, hoti dē Christianos hōn kai theois echthros, etolmēsen entos tōn anaktorōn genesthai; hou tēn eisodon apestraphthai tēn en tois hierois energousan dynamin, kai mēketi epichōriazein tois topois kata to synēthes tēn mantikēn tōn daimonōn energeian. Tou de ton propetē kai apaideuton tou neōkorou thymon en hyperechonti phronēmati kataballontos, kai tou alēthinou Theou tēn symmachian pasais antiprobalomenou tais apeilais, kai legontos tosouton pepoithenai tę̄ dynamei tou hypermachountos autou, hōste kat' exousian echein apelaunein te autous, hothen an boulētai, kai eisoikizein hois an ethelę̄ topois, kai tas apodeixeis hōn elegen ēdē parexein hypischnoumenou, thaumasanta ton neōkoron, kai kataplagenta to megethos tēs exousias, ap᾿ autōn toutōn deixai tēn dynamin, proskalesasthai, kai palin entos poiēsai tou hierou ta daimonia. ᾿Akousanta de touto ton megan, aporrhēxai ti tou bibliou tmēma brachy, kai dounai touto tǭ neōkorǭ, prostaktikēn tina phōnēn kata tōn daimonōn charaxanta; ēn de ta grammata ep' autēs tēs lexeōs tauta; GRĒGORIOS TŌI SATANA, EISELThE. Labonta de ton neōkoron anatheinai tǭ bōmǭ to biblion, eita prosagagonta tas synētheis autois
he goes inside a certain temple with those who followed him. That temple was one of the famous ones, in which a manifest visitation of the demons worshipped there came upon the temple-wardens, as oracular prophecy was worked by them. Having entered the temple with his companions, he at once terrified the demons by calling on the name of Christ; and having purified with the sign of the cross the air defiled by the fumes of sacrifice, he spent the whole night, as was his custom, awake in prayers and hymns, so that the place abominable with the gore on the altars and with the images was transformed into a house of prayer. When the night had passed for him in this way, he resumed his journey forward at dawn. When at dawn the temple-warden was offering the customary service to the demons, the demons, they say, appeared to him and said that the temple was inaccessible to them because of the one who had stayed in it; and he tried, using certain purifications and sacrifices, to settle the demons in the temple again by these means. But since, though he applied every attempt, his zeal had no effect, the demons nowhere answering his invocation as usual, the temple-warden, roused with rage and anger, overtakes that great man, threatening all the most terrible things: to denounce him to the magistrates, to lay hands on him, to inform the emperor of his audacity, namely that, being a Christian and an enemy of the gods, he had dared to go inside the shrines; that at his entry the power working in the temples had turned away, and the oracular working of the demons no longer frequented the places as usual. But Gregory put down the temple-warden's rash and uneducated anger with a lofty mind, setting the alliance of the true God against all the threats, and saying that he trusted so much in the power of the one who fought for him that he had authority to drive them out from wherever he wished and to settle them in whatever places he wanted, and he promised to give proofs of what he said at once. The temple-warden, wondering and astonished at the greatness of the authority, called on him to show his power on these very demons and to bring the demons back into the temple. Hearing this, the great man tore off a small piece of a book and gave it to the temple-warden, having written on it a word of command against the demons. The letters, word for word, were these: “Gregory to Satan: Enter.” The temple-warden took it and laid the leaf on the altar; then, having brought the customary
Chapter 917
917PG 46:917–918
κνίσσας και τὰ μιάσματα, πάλιν ἰδεῖν ἅπερ ἑώρα τὸ πρότερον, πρὶν ἐξοικισθῆναι τοῦ εἰδωλείου τοὺς δαίμονας. Τούτων δὲ γεγονότων, ἔννοιαν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν τοῦ, θείαν εἶναί τινα παρὰ τῷ Γρηγορίῳ τὴν δύναμιν, δι' ἧς ἐφάνη τῶν δαιμόνων ἐπικρατέστερος καταλαβόντα δὲ κατὰ σπουδὴν πάλιν αὐτὸν, πρὶν ἐν τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι, μαθεῖν ἠξίωσε παρ' αὐτοῦ τὸ μυστήριον, καὶ τίς ὁ Θεὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ τὴν τῶν δαιμόνων φύσιν ὑποχειρίαν ἔχων. Εἰπόντος δὲ δι᾽ ὀλίγων τοῦ μεγάλου τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον, παθεῖν τι τὸν νεωκόρον οἷον εἰκὸς τὸν τῶν θείων ἀμύητον καὶ μικρότερον οἰηθῆναι τῆς περὶ Θεοῦ ὑπολήψεως, τὸ πεισθῆναι διὰ σαρκὸς πεφῃνέναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ Θεῖον· τοῦ δὲ μὴ λόγοις εἰπόντος τὴν περὶ τούτου πίστιν κρατύνεσθαι, τοῖς δὲ τῶν γινομένων θαύμασι τὸ πιστὸν ἔχειν, ζητῆσαι ἔτι παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ θαῦμα τὸν νεωκόρον ἰδεῖν, ὡς εἶθ' οὕτως προσαχθῆναι διὰ τοῦ γινομένου πρὸς τὴν τῆς πίστεως συγκατάθεσιν. Ἔνθα δὴ τὸ πάντων ἀπιστότατον λέγεται πεποιηκέναι τὸ μέγα θαῦμα τὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον. Ἐπιζητοῦντος γὰρ τοῦ νεωκόρου λίθον τινὰ τῶν εὐμεγεθῶν τῶν κατ' ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῷ προφαινομένων, δίχα χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης κινηθῆναι, διὰ δὲ μόνης τῆς κατὰ τὴν πίστιν δυνάμεως, προστάγματι τοῦ Γρηγορίου πρὸς ἕτερον μετατεθῆναι χῶρον· μηδὲν ἀναβαλλόμενον τὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον, εὐθὺς προστάξαι καθάπερ ἐμψύχῳ τῷ λίθῳ μεταβῆναι πρὸς ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον, ὃν ὁ νεωκόρος ὑπέδειξεν. Τούτου δὲ γενομένου, παραχρῆμα πιστεῦσαι τῷ λόγῳ τὸν ἄνδρα· καὶ πάντα καταλιπόντα, γένος, οἰκίαν, γαμετὴν, παῖδας, φίλους, ἱερωσύνην, ἑστίαν, κτήματα, ἀντὶ πάντων τῶν προσόντων αὐτῷ ποιήσασθαι, τοῦ συνεῖναι τῷ μεγάλῳ, καὶ συμμετἐχειν τῶν πόνων αὐτῷ καὶ τῆς θείας ἐκείνης φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ παιδεύσεως. Σιγάτω πρὸς ταῦτα πᾶσα τεχνικὴ τῶν λογογράφων περίνοια τὰς ἐπαυξήσεις τῶν θαυμάτων διά τινος ῥητορείας ἐπὶ τὸ μείζον ἐξαίρουσα. Οὐ γὰρ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὸ θαῦμα, ὡς τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ λέγοντος ἔλαττον ἂν ἢ μεῖζον ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι. Τί γάρ τις εἰπὼν παρὰ τὰ εἰρημένα, προσθήκην δώσει τῷ θαύματι; Πῶς δ' ἄν τις ἐλαττώσειε τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι τὴν ἔκπληξιν; Λίθος ἀφίστησι τῶν λίθων τοὺς δεδουλωμένους τοῖς λίθοις, λίθος κήρυξ τῆς θείας πίστεως, καὶ ὁδηγὸς τοῖς ἀπίστοις εἰς σωτηρίαν γίνεται, οὐ φωνῇ τινι καὶ λόγῳ τὴν θείαν δύναμιν ἀνακηρύσσων, ἀλλ' οἷς ἐποίει δεικνὺς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Γρηγορίου καταγγελλόμενον· ᾧ πᾶσα κατὰ τὸ ὁμότιμον ὑποχείριος πείθεται κτίσις, οὐχ ὅσον αἰσθητικὸν μόνον καὶ ἔμπνουν, καὶ ἔμψυχον, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τι καὶ τούτων ἐστὶν ἐκτὸς, οὕτω δέχεται τὸ τοῦ θεράποντος ἐπίταγμα, ὡς οὐκ ἀμοιροῦντα τῆς αἰσθήσεως. Ποία γὰρ ἀκοὴ τοῦ λίθου; Ποία τῆς τοῦ κελεύοντος ἐξουσίας αἴσθησις; Τίς δύναμις ἐν αὐτῷ μεταβατική; Ποία μελῶν τε καὶ ἄρθρων διασκευή; ᾿Αλλὰ πάντα ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα λίθῳ ἡ τοῦ κελεύοντος δύναμις γίνεται, πρὸς ἣν ἰδὼν ὁ νεωκόρος ἐκεῖνος, εὐθὺς τὴν γινομένην ἐπὶ πλάνῃ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἀπάτην τῶν δαιμόνων ἐνόησέ τε καὶ ἐβδελύξατο, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν μετετάξατο, διὰ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ δούλου γεγενη-
knissas kai ta miasmata, palin idein haper heōra to proteron, prin exoikisthēnai tou eidōleiou tous daimonas. Toutōn de gegonotōn, ennoian auton labein tou, theian einai tina para tǭ Grēgoriǭ tēn dynamin, di' hēs ephanē tōn daimonōn epikratesteros katalabonta de kata spoudēn palin auton, prin en tę̄ polei genesthai, mathein ēxiōse par' autou to mystērion, kai tis ho Theos ekeinos ho tēn tōn daimonōn physin hypocheirian echōn. Eipontos de di᾽ oligōn tou megalou to tēs eusebeias mystērion, pathein ti ton neōkoron hoion eikos ton tōn theiōn amyēton kai mikroteron oiēthēnai tēs peri Theou hypolēpseōs, to peisthēnai dia sarkos pephę̄nenai tois anthrōpois to Theion; tou de mē logois eipontos tēn peri toutou pistin kratynesthai, tois de tōn ginomenōn thaumasi to piston echein, zētēsai eti par᾿ autou thauma ton neōkoron idein, hōs eith' houtōs prosachthēnai dia tou ginomenou pros tēn tēs pisteōs synkatathesin. Entha dē to pantōn apistotaton legetai pepoiēkenai to mega thauma ton megan ekeinon. Epizētountos gar tou neōkorou lithon tina tōn eumegethōn tōn kat' ophthalmous autǭ prophainomenōn, dicha cheiros anthrōpinēs kinēthēnai, dia de monēs tēs kata tēn pistin dynameōs, prostagmati tou Grēgoriou pros heteron metatethēnai chōron; mēden anaballomenon ton megan ekeinon, euthys prostaxai kathaper empsychǭ tǭ lithǭ metabēnai pros ekeinon ton topon, hon ho neōkoros hypedeixen. Toutou de genomenou, parachrēma pisteusai tǭ logǭ ton andra; kai panta kataliponta, genos, oikian, gametēn, paidas, philous, hierōsynēn, hestian, ktēmata, anti pantōn tōn prosontōn autǭ poiēsasthai, tou syneinai tǭ megalǭ, kai symmetechein tōn ponōn autǭ kai tēs theias ekeinēs philosophias te kai paideuseōs. Sigatō pros tauta pasa technikē tōn logographōn perinoia tas epauxēseis tōn thaumatōn dia tinos rhētoreias epi to meizon exairousa. Ou gar toiouton estin en tois eirēmenois to thauma, hōs tę̄ dynamei tou legontos elatton an ē meizon heautou genesthai. Ti gar tis eipōn para ta eirēmena, prosthēkēn dōsei tǭ thaumati? Pōs d' an tis elattōseie tois akouousin epi tǭ gegonoti tēn ekplēxin? Lithos aphistēsi tōn lithōn tous dedoulōmenous tois lithois, lithos kēryx tēs theias pisteōs, kai hodēgos tois apistois eis sōtērian ginetai, ou phōnę̄ tini kai logǭ tēn theian dynamin anakēryssōn, all' hois epoiei deiknys ton Theon hypo tou Grēgoriou katangellomenon; hǭ pasa kata to homotimon hypocheirios peithetai ktisis, ouch hoson aisthētikon monon kai empnoun, kai empsychon, all᾽ ei ti kai toutōn estin ektos, houtō dechetai to tou therapontos epitagma, hōs ouk amoirounta tēs aisthēseōs. Poia gar akoē tou lithou? Poia tēs tou keleuontos exousias aisthēsis? Tis dynamis en autǭ metabatikē? Poia melōn te kai arthrōn diaskeuē? ᾿Alla panta tauta kai ta toiauta lithǭ hē tou keleuontos dynamis ginetai, pros hēn idōn ho neōkoros ekeinos, euthys tēn ginomenēn epi planę̄ tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs apatēn tōn daimonōn enoēse te kai ebdelyxato, kai pros ton alēthinon Theon metetaxato, dia tōn para tou doulou gegenē-
fumes and pollutions, he saw again what he used to see before the demons were driven out of the idol-temple. When this had happened, he came to the thought that there was a divine power with Gregory, through which he had proved stronger than the demons; and overtaking him again in haste before he reached the city, he asked to learn the mystery from him, and who that God was who had the nature of the demons under his control. When the great man told him briefly the mystery of godliness, the temple-warden reacted as one uninitiated in divine things would likely react, and thought it too small for the notion of God to be persuaded that the Divine had appeared to human beings through flesh. Gregory said that faith in this is not established by words but has its credibility from the wonders that happen; and the temple-warden asked to see yet another wonder from him, so that he might then be brought through what happened to assent to the faith. Then, they say, that great man performed the great wonder, the most incredible of all. For the temple-warden asked that one of the huge stones that lay before his eyes be moved without a human hand, through the power of faith alone, and be transferred to another place at Gregory's command; that great man, without delay, at once commanded the stone, as if it were alive, to move to the place the temple-warden pointed out. When this happened, the man at once believed the word; and leaving everything, family, house, wife, children, friends, priesthood, hearth, possessions, he made being with the great man, sharing his labours and that divine philosophy and instruction, take the place of all he had. Before these things let all the technical ingenuity of speech-writers fall silent, which magnifies wonders by some rhetoric and exalts them to something greater. For the wonder in what has been told is not such as to become less or greater than itself by the power of the speaker. For what could anyone say beyond what has been said that would add to the wonder? And how could anyone lessen the hearers' amazement at what happened? A stone draws away from stones those enslaved to stones; a stone becomes a herald of divine faith and a guide to salvation for the unbelieving, proclaiming the divine power not by any voice or word, but by what it did showing the God proclaimed by Gregory, whom the whole creation obeys as subject on equal terms; not only what is sentient and breathing and living, but whatever lies outside these also receives the command of his servant as though it did not lack sensation. For what hearing has a stone? What perception of the authority of the one commanding? What power of moving is in it? What arrangement of limbs and joints? But the power of the one commanding becomes all these and such things for the stone. Looking at this, that temple-warden at once understood and loathed the deceit of the demons practised to lead human nature astray, and went over to the true God, reckoning from what was done by the servant
Chapter 919
919PG 46:919–920
μένων, τὸ ἄφραστον τῆς τοῦ Δεσπότου δυνάμεως λογισάμενος. Εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτη τοῦ δούλου ἡ δύναμις, ὡς ῥήματι κινεῖν τὰ ἀκίνητα, καὶ προστάγματι κεχρῆσθαι κατὰ τῶν ἀναισθήτων, καὶ τοῖς ἀψύχοις διακελεύεσθαι· πόσην εἰκός ἐστι περιουσίαν δυνάμεως ἐν τῷ Δεσπότῃ τοῦ παντὸς κατανοῆσαι, οὗ τὸ θέλημα, οἷόν τις ὕλη, καὶ κατασκευὴ, καὶ δύναμις αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ πάντων, καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦτον ὄντων, ἐγένετο! Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος τῆς κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων ἀριστείας ἀρξάμενος, καὶ οἷόν τι τρόπαιον κατὰ τῶν νικηθέντων τὸν νεωκόρον περιαγόμενος, προκαταπλήξας τε τῇ φήμῃ τὸ ἔθνος, οὕτως ἤδη μετὰ πεποιθήσεώς τε καὶ παρρησίας εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσήλαυνεν, οὐχ ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις, καὶ ἡμιόνοις, καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν παρεπομένων ἐπικομπάζων, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ἐν κύκλῳ δορυφορούμενος, πανδημεὶ δὲ πάντων προχεθέντων τῶν οἰκητόρων τοῦ ἄστεος, ὡς ἐπί τινα καινοῦ θεάματος ἱστορίαν, καὶ πάντων ἰδεῖν προθυμουμένων, τίς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ Γρηγόριος, ὃς ἄνθρωπος ὢν τῶν νομιζομένων παρ' αὐτοῖς εἶναι θεῶν, καθάπερ τις βασιλεὺς ἐξουσίαν ἔχει, προστάγματι φέρων καὶ ἄγων, ὅπουπερ ἂν ἐθέλοι τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ ὅθεν ἂν βούληται, πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν ἐξοικίζων τε καὶ ἐνοικίζων, ὥσπερ τὰ ἀνδράποδα, καὶ τὸν θεραπευτὴν ἐκεῖνον φέρει, καθάπερ ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ τινὶ δουλωσάμενος, ὑπεριδόντα μὲν τῆς τιμῆς ἐν ᾗ τὸ πρότερον ἦν, τῶν δὲ προσόντων πάντων τὴν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ διαγωγὴν ἀλλαξάμενον. Τοιαύτῃ δὲ γνώμῃ πάντων προσδεχομένων αὐτὸν πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεος, ἐπειδὴ κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἐγένετο, πάντων εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀτενῶς ἀποβλεπόντων, καθάπερ ὕλην άψυχον παριὼν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, πρὸς οὐδένα τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων στρεφόμενος, καὶ κατ᾿ εὐθεῖαν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν βαδίζων, πολὺ μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς εἰς ἔκπληξιν ἤγαγεν, ὑπὲρ τὴν φήμην τοῖς ὁρῶσι φαινόμενος. Τὸ γὰρ πρώτως εἰσελαύνοντα πόλει μεγάλῃ, μηδεμιᾶς συνηθείας τοσαύτης προϋπαρχούσης αὐτῷ, ἔπειτα μὴ καταπλαγῆναι δῆμον τοσοῦτον ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνῳ συνειλεγμένον, ἀλλ᾽ οἷον δι' ἐρήμου βαδίζοντα, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν μόνον καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὁδὸν ἀποβλέπειν, πρὸς οὐδένα τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιστρεφόμενον ἠθροισμένων, τοῦτο ὑπὲρ τὴν ἐν τῷ λίθῳ θαυματοποιίαν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐδόκει. Τούτου χάριν, ὀλιγοστῶν ὄντων, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν εἴρηται, τῶν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιστασίας αὐτοῦ καταδεξαμένων τὴν πίστιν, ὡς πάσης τῆς πόλεως αὐτοῦ τὴν ἱερωσύνην τιμώσης, οὕτως εἰσῄει στενοχωρούμενος ἁπανταχόθεν τοῖς παραπέμπουσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντων ὁ ὁμοῦ εὐθὺς, ὅτε τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἤπτετο, καθάπερ τινὸς ἄχθους ἑαυτὸν ἠλευθέρωσε, καίπερ ἦν αὐτῷ τῶν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ἀναγκαίων οὐδὲν, οὐκ ἀγρὸς, οὐ τόπος, οὐκ οἰκία, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἦν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ (μᾶλλον δὲ ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις, πατρὶς αὐτῷ ἦν, καὶ ἐστία, καὶ πλοῦτος)· ὡς οὖν τῆς μὲν πόλεως ἐντὸς ἦν, οἶκος δὲ
menōn, to aphraston tēs tou Despotou dynameōs logisamenos. Ei gar tosautē tou doulou hē dynamis, hōs rhēmati kinein ta akinēta, kai prostagmati kechrēsthai kata tōn anaisthētōn, kai tois apsychois diakeleuesthai; posēn eikos esti periousian dynameōs en tǭ Despotę̄ tou pantos katanoēsai, hou to thelēma, hoion tis hylē, kai kataskeuē, kai dynamis autou te tou kosmou, kai tōn en autǭ pantōn, kai tōn hyper touton ontōn, egeneto! Enteuthen ho megas ekeinos tēs kata tōn daimonōn aristeias arxamenos, kai hoion ti tropaion kata tōn nikēthentōn ton neōkoron periagomenos, prokataplēxas te tę̄ phēmę̄ to ethnos, houtōs ēdē meta pepoithēseōs te kai parrēsias eis tēn polin eisēlaunen, ouch harmasi kai hippois, kai hēmionois, kai tǭ plēthei tōn parepomenōn epikompazōn, alla tais aretais en kyklǭ doryphoroumenos, pandēmei de pantōn prochethentōn tōn oikētorōn tou asteos, hōs epi tina kainou theamatos historian, kai pantōn idein prothymoumenōn, tis ekeinos estin ho Grēgorios, hos anthrōpos ōn tōn nomizomenōn par' autois einai theōn, kathaper tis basileus exousian echei, prostagmati pherōn kai agōn, hopouper an etheloi ta daimonia, kai hothen an boulētai, pros to dokoun exoikizōn te kai enoikizōn, hōsper ta andrapoda, kai ton therapeutēn ekeinon pherei, kathaper en exousią tini doulōsamenos, hyperidonta men tēs timēs en hę̄ to proteron ēn, tōn de prosontōn pantōn tēn met᾿ autou diagōgēn allaxamenon. Toiautę̄ de gnōmę̄ pantōn prosdechomenōn auton pro tou asteos, epeidē kat᾿ autous egeneto, pantōn eis ekeinon atenōs apoblepontōn, kathaper hylēn apsychon pariōn tous anthrōpous, pros oudena tōn entynchanontōn strephomenos, kai kat᾿ eutheian epi tēn polin badizōn, poly mallon autous eis ekplēxin ēgagen, hyper tēn phēmēn tois horōsi phainomenos. To gar prōtōs eiselaunonta polei megalę̄, mēdemias synētheias tosautēs proÿparchousēs autǭ, epeita mē kataplagēnai dēmon tosouton ep᾿ ekeinǭ syneilegmenon, all᾽ hoion di' erēmou badizonta, pros heauton monon kai pros tēn hodon apoblepein, pros oudena tōn peri auton epistrephomenon ēthroismenōn, touto hyper tēn en tǭ lithǭ thaumatopoiian tois anthrōpois edokei. Toutou charin, oligostōn ontōn, kathōs en tois phthasasin eirētai, tōn pro tēs epistasias autou katadexamenōn tēn pistin, hōs pasēs tēs poleōs autou tēn hierōsynēn timōsēs, houtōs eisę̄ei stenochōroumenos hapantachothen tois parapempousin. Epei de pantōn ho homou euthys, hote tēs philosophias ēpteto, kathaper tinos achthous heauton ēleutherōse, kaiper ēn autǭ tōn pros tēn zōēn anankaiōn ouden, ouk agros, ou topos, ouk oikia, alla panta ēn autos heautǭ (mallon de hē aretē kai hē pistis, patris autǭ ēn, kai estia, kai ploutos); hōs oun tēs men poleōs entos ēn, oikos de
the inexpressible power of the Master. For if the servant's power is so great as to move by a word what cannot be moved, to give orders to things without sensation, and to command lifeless things, how great an abundance of power is it fitting to recognize in the Master of the universe, whose will became, as it were, the matter, the structure, and the power of the world itself and of everything in it and of the things beyond it! Beginning from this his deeds of valour against the demons, and leading the temple-warden about with him like a trophy over the vanquished, and having first struck the nation with amazement by the report, he now rode into the city with confidence and boldness, not making a show with chariots and horses and mules and a crowd of followers, but escorted all around by the virtues. The whole population of the town had poured out en masse as if to look at some new spectacle, and all were eager to see who this Gregory was who, though a man, has authority like a king over those they held to be gods, carrying and leading the demons by command wherever he wished, and evicting and settling them from wherever he wanted at his pleasure, like slaves, and who brings along that minister, as if he had enslaved him by some authority, a man who had disdained the honour in which he formerly stood and exchanged all he had for life with him. With all of them in this frame of mind and waiting for him before the town, when he came up to them, all gazing intently at him, he passed the people by as if they were lifeless matter, turning to none of those he met, and walking straight to the city, and so brought them into much greater amazement, appearing to those who saw him greater than his report. For that, entering a great city for the first time, with no previous acquaintance with so many, he should not be overawed by so great a people gathered on his account, but should look only to himself and to the road, as if walking through a desert, turning to none of those crowded around him, this seemed to the people beyond the wonder worked on the stone. For this reason, though those who had received the faith before his oversight were very few, as has been said before, he went in hemmed in on all sides by those escorting him, as though the whole city honoured his priesthood. Now from the moment he took up philosophy he had freed himself from all things together as from a burden, and he had none of the necessities of life, no field, no place, no house, but was everything to himself (or rather virtue and faith were his native land and hearth and wealth). So when he was within the city, and there was no house
Chapter 921
921PG 46:921–922
αὐτῷ πρὸς ἀνάπαυσιν οὐδαμοῦ, οὐ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, οὐκ ἴδιος, θορυβουμένων τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν, καὶ ὅπως ἂν καταχθείη καὶ παρὰ τίνι τὴν σκέπην εὕροι διαπορούντων· Τί ταῦτα, φησὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ διδάσκαλος, ὥσπερ ἔξω τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ σκέπης ὄντες, διαπορεῖτε, ὅπου χρὴ διαναπαῦσαι τὰ σώματα; μικρὸς ὑμῖν οἶκος εἶναι ὁ Θεὸς δοκεῖ, εἴπερ ἐν αὐτῷ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; Ἢ στενοχωρεῖσθε τῇ οὐρανίῳ σκέπῃ, καὶ ζητεῖτε παρὰ τοῦτο καταγώγιον ἄλλο; Εἷς οἶκος ὑμῖν ἔστω διὰ σπουδῆς ὁ ἑκάστου ἴδιος, ὁ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν οἰκοδομούμενος, καὶ εἰς ὕψος ἀνατεινόμενος. Τοῦτο λυπείτω μόνον, μὴ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἡμῖν οἰκητήριον ἀπαράσκευον ᾖ· αἱ γὰρ τῶν γηΐνων τοίχων περιβολαὶ τοῖς ἐν ἀρετῇ ζῶσι κέρδος οὐ φέρουσι. Μᾶλλον δ᾽ ἂν εἰκότως ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν κακίᾳ μολυνομένων ἡ τῶν τοίχων χρεία σπουδάζεται· διότι προκάλυμμα πολλάκις τῶν κρυπτῶν τῆς αἰσχύνης ὁ οἶκος γίνεται. Οἷς δὲ δι᾽ ἀρετῆς ὁ βίος ἐσπούδασται, οὐκ ἔχουσιν οἱ τοῖχοι, ὅ τι περικαλύψωσιν. Ταῦτα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς συνέντας διεξιόντος, ἐπιστάς τις τῶν ἐπισήμων ἀνὴρ, γένει καὶ πλούτῳ, καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ δυναστείᾳ τοῖς πρώτοις ἐναρίθμιος ὤν· Μουσώνιος ὄνομα τῷ ἀνδρὶ· ὡς εἶδεν πολλοὺς περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν προθυμουμένους, ὅπως ἂν τοῖς ἰδίοις οἴκοις τὸν ἄνδρα δέξοιντο, φθάσας τοὺς ἄλλους, ὑφαρπάζει τὴν χάριν, ἑαυτῷ παρακαλῶν ἐπιξενωθῆναι τὸν μέγαν, καὶ τιμῆσαι τῇ εἰσόδῳ τὸν οἶκον· ὡς ἂν σεμνότερός τε καὶ ἀοίδιμος τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα γένοιτο βίῳ, τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τοῖς ἐφεξῆς τὴν μνήμην τῆς τοιαύτης τιμῆς παραπέμποντος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ συνδραμόντες περὶ τῶν ὁμοίων ἱκέτευον, δίκαιον εἶναι κρίνας δοῦναι τὴν χάριν τῷ προκατάρξαντι, τοὺς ἄλλους διὰ τῆς τῶν λόγων φιλοφροσύνης διασπασάμενός τε καὶ ἀντιτιμήσας, παρὰ τῷ προλαβόντι κατάγεται. Εἰ δὲ διηγηματική τίς ἐστι καὶ ἀκατάσκευος τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγων ἡ ἱστορία, τὰς ἐκ περινοίας τινὸς ἐφευρισκομένας τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπαυξήσεις ἑκουσίως τοῦ ἡμετέρου παραλιπόντος λόγου· γένοιτο ἂν καὶ αὐτὴ τοῖς ὀρθῶς τὰ πράγματα κρίνουσιν οὐ μικρὰ μαρτυρία, τοῦ μηδὲν δι' ἐπινοίας ἐπαύξεσθαι τῷ μνημονευομένῳ τὰ θαύματα, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖν τὴν μνήμην τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν πραγμάτων πρὸς τελειότατον ἔπαινον· οἷόν τι κάλλος αὐτοφυὲς ἐπὶ προσώπου, οὐδεμιᾷ περιεργίᾳ κομμωτικῆς τέχνης ἐπανθιζόμενον. Ὄντων δὲ τῶν προκατηχουμένων τὸν λόγον ἐν ὀλίγῳ τῷ ἀριθμῷ, πρὶν παρελθεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ ἐν δυσμαῖς γενέσθαι τὸν ἥλιον, τοσοῦτοι παρὰ τὴν συντυχίαν προσέθεντο, ὥστε πρὸς σύστημα λαοῦ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἱκανῶς ἔχειν. Ὄρθρος, καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ θύραις ὁ δῆμος, αὐτοί τε καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες, καὶ τὸ γηραιὸν τῆς ἡλικίας, καὶ οἷς τισιν ἦν ἐκ δαιμόνων, ἢ ἐξ ἄλλης τινὸς ἐπηρείας, ἡ συμφορὰ περὶ τὸ σῶμα· καὶ ἐν μέσοις ἐκεῖνος πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου τῶν συνειλεγμένων χρείαν ἁρμοδίως τῇ
autǭ pros anapausin oudamou, ou tēs Ekklēsias, ouk idios, thoryboumenōn tōn peri auton, kai hopōs an katachtheiē kai para tini tēn skepēn heuroi diaporountōn; Ti tauta, phēsi pros autous ho didaskalos, hōsper exō tēs tou Theou skepēs ontes, diaporeite, hopou chrē dianapausai ta sōmata? mikros hymin oikos einai ho Theos dokei, eiper en autǭ zōmen kai kinoumetha kai esmen? Ē stenochōreisthe tę̄ ouraniǭ skepę̄, kai zēteite para touto katagōgion allo? Heis oikos hymin estō dia spoudēs ho hekastou idios, ho dia tōn aretōn oikodomoumenos, kai eis hypsos anateinomenos. Touto lypeitō monon, mē to toiouton hēmin oikētērion aparaskeuon ę̄; hai gar tōn gēïnōn toichōn peribolai tois en aretę̄ zōsi kerdos ou pherousi. Mallon d᾽ an eikotōs hypo tōn en kakią molynomenōn hē tōn toichōn chreia spoudazetai; dioti prokalymma pollakis tōn kryptōn tēs aischynēs ho oikos ginetai. Hois de di᾽ aretēs ho bios espoudastai, ouk echousin hoi toichoi, ho ti perikalypsōsin. Tauta de pros tous synentas diexiontos, epistas tis tōn episēmōn anēr, genei kai ploutǭ, kai tę̄ loipę̄ dynasteią tois prōtois enarithmios ōn; Mousōnios onoma tǭ andri; hōs eiden pollous peri tēn autēn spoudēn prothymoumenous, hopōs an tois idiois oikois ton andra dexointo, phthasas tous allous, hypharpazei tēn charin, heautǭ parakalōn epixenōthēnai ton megan, kai timēsai tę̄ eisodǭ ton oikon; hōs an semnoteros te kai aoidimos tǭ meta tauta genoito biǭ, tou chronou kai tois ephexēs tēn mnēmēn tēs toiautēs timēs parapempontos. Epei de kai alloi polloi syndramontes peri tōn homoiōn hiketeuon, dikaion einai krinas dounai tēn charin tǭ prokatarxanti, tous allous dia tēs tōn logōn philophrosynēs diaspasamenos te kai antitimēsas, para tǭ prolabonti katagetai. Ei de diēgēmatikē tis esti kai akataskeuos tōn peri autou logōn hē historia, tas ek perinoias tinos epheuriskomenas tois pragmasin epauxēseis hekousiōs tou hēmeterou paralipontos logou; genoito an kai autē tois orthōs ta pragmata krinousin ou mikra martyria, tou mēden di' epinoias epauxesthai tǭ mnēmoneuomenǭ ta thaumata, all᾽ arkein tēn mnēmēn tōn kat᾿ auton pragmatōn pros teleiotaton epainon; hoion ti kallos autophyes epi prosōpou, oudemią periergią kommōtikēs technēs epanthizomenon. Ontōn de tōn prokatēchoumenōn ton logon en oligǭ tǭ arithmǭ, prin parelthein tēn hēmeran, kai en dysmais genesthai ton hēlion, tosoutoi para tēn syntychian prosethento, hōste pros systēma laou to plēthos tōn pepisteukotōn hikanōs echein. Orthros, kai palin epi thyrais ho dēmos, autoi te kai gynaikes kai paides, kai to gēraion tēs hēlikias, kai hois tisin ēn ek daimonōn, ē ex allēs tinos epēreias, hē symphora peri to sōma; kai en mesois ekeinos pros tēn hekastou tōn syneilegmenōn chreian harmodiōs tę̄
anywhere for him to rest, neither of the church nor his own, and those around him were troubled and at a loss how he could be lodged and with whom he could find shelter, the teacher says to them: “Why are you at a loss about this, as if you were outside God's shelter, as to where you should rest your bodies? Does God seem a small house to you, if indeed in him we live and move and are? Or are you cramped under the heavenly roof, and seek some other lodging besides it? Let your one zeal be for each person's own house, the one built up by the virtues and raised to the height. Let this alone grieve us, that such a dwelling should not be ready for us; for enclosures of earthly walls bring no gain to those who live in virtue. Rather, it would be fitting for those defiled with vice to be eager for walls, because a house often becomes a covering for hidden shame. But for those whose life has been earnestly spent in virtue, the walls have nothing to conceal.” As he was going through these things with those who were with him, one of the notable men, counted among the first in family and wealth and other power, came up (the man's name was Musonius). When he saw many eager in the same zeal to receive the man in their own houses, he got ahead of the others and seized the favour, begging the great man to be his guest and to honour his house by entering it, so that it might become more dignified and celebrated in its later life, as time passed on the memory of such an honour to later generations as well. And since many others also ran up and begged for the same, Gregory judged it just to grant the favour to the one who had begun first, put the others off and returned their honour with kind words, and lodges with the one who had come first. If the history of the things told about him is a plain narrative without adornment, our speech having willingly left aside the embellishments devised for events by some ingenuity, this itself would be no small testimony, for those who judge matters rightly, that the wonders of the one remembered are in no way magnified by invention, but that the memory of his deeds suffices for the most perfect praise, like a natural beauty in a face, made to bloom by no fussy art of cosmetics. Though those catechized in the word before were few in number, before the day had passed and the sun had set, so many joined at the encounter that the multitude of believers was enough to form a people. Dawn, and again the populace at the doors, men and women and children, and the aged, and those who had some bodily affliction from demons or some other harm; and in their midst he, fittingly for the need of each of those gathered, by the
Chapter 923
923PG 46:923–924
δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος μεριζόμενος, κηρύσσων, συνεξετάζων, νουθετῶν, διδάσκων, ἰώμενος. Τούτῳ γὰρ δὴ μάλιστα προσήγετο τοὺς πολλοὺς τῷ κηρύγματι, ὅτι συνέβαινεν ἡ ὄψις τῇ ἀκοῇ, καὶ δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἐπέλαμπεν αὐτῷ τὰ γνωρίσματα. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἀκοὴν ὁ λόγος, τὰς δὲ ὄψεις τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐξέπληττε θαύματα. Ὁ πενθῶν παρεκαλεῖτο· ὁ νέος ἐσωφρονίζετο· ὁ γηραιὸς τοῖς καθήκουσι λόγοις ἐθεραπεύετο. Δοῦλοι πρὸς δεσπότας οἰκείως ἔχειν, οἱ κρατοῦντες τοῖς ὑποχειρίοις φιλανθρωπεύεσθαι, ὁ πενόμενος ἕνα πλοῦτον εἶναι τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐδιδάσκετο, ἥτις πᾶσι πρόκειται κατ' ἐξουσίαν ἡ κτῆσις, ὁ τῷ πλούτῳ κομῶν καταλλήλως ἐνουθετεῖτο, οἰκονόμος εἶναι τῶν προσόντων, οὐ κύριος διδασκόμενος. Γυναιξὶ τὰ πρόσφορα, παισὶ τὰ σύμμετρα, πατράσι τὰ πρέποντα νέμων, καὶ πάντα πᾶσι γενόμενος, τοσοῦτον ἑαυτῷ λαὸν ἀθρόως τῇ συνεργίᾳ τοῦ Πνεύματος παρεστήσατο, ὥστε πρὸς ναοῦ κατασκευὴν ὁρμῆσαι, πάντων χρήμασί τε καὶ σώμασι πρὸς τὴν σπουδὴν ὑπουργούντων. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ναὸς, οὗ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐκεῖνος τῆς κατασκευῆς κατεβάλετο· ἐπεκαλλώπισε δε τις τῶν μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον, ἐκείνου ἀξίως· ὁ μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος δεικνύμενος, ὃν ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος εὐθὺς ἐπιστὰς, οἷόν τινα θεμέλιον καὶ κρηπίδα τῆς ἰδίας ἱερωσύνης τῷ περιφανεστάτῳ τῆς πόλεως ἐναπέθετο, θείᾳ τινὶ δυνάμει τελειώσας τὸ ἔργον, ὡς τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖται χρόνῳ. Σεισμοῦ γάρ ποτε βαρυτάτου τῇ πόλει ἐν τοῖς καθ ἡμᾶς χρόνοις γεγενημένου, καὶ πάντων μικροῦ δεῖν ἄρδην ἀπολωλότων, τῶν τε δημοσίων καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν οἰκοδομημάτων ἁπάντων ἐρειπιωθέντων καὶ ἐρημωθέντων, μόνος ἔμεινεν ὁ ναὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀῤῥαγής τε καὶ ἄσειστος, ὡς καὶ διὰ τούτου φανερὸν εἶναι, καὶ μεθ' οἷας δυνάμεως ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν πραγμάτων ἀντελαμβάνετο. ᾿Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν πολλοῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις εἰς μαρτυρίαν τῆς τοῦ μεγάλου πίστεως παρὰ τῆς θείας ἀπεδείχθη δυνάμεως. Τότε δὲ τοῖς ἀποστολικοῖς θαύμασι τῶν τε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν περίοικον ἁπάντων ἐκπεπληγμένων, καὶ πᾶν τὸ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενόν τε καὶ γινόμενον, θείᾳ δυνάμει πράττεσθαί τε καὶ λέγεσθαι πεπιστευκότων, οὐδὲ τῶν βιωτικῶν ἀμφισβητημάτων, ἄλλο τι δικαστήριον ᾤοντο εἶναι αὐτοῖς κυριώτερον, ἀλλὰ πᾶσα κρίσις καὶ πᾶσα δυσδιεξόδευτος πραγμάτων πλοκὴ ταῖς ἐκείνου συμβουλίαις διελύετο. Ὅθεν εὐνομία τε καὶ εἰρήνη κοινῇ τε καὶ πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς καθ᾿ ἕκαστον διὰ τῆς ἐκείνου χαρίτος ἦν, καὶ πολλὴ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἡ ἐπίδοσις, ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ κοινῇ, μηδεμιᾶς κακίας τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμόνοιαν ἐπικοπτούσης. Οὐκ ἄκαιρον δ᾽ ἂν ἴσως εἴη, μιᾶς αὐτοῦ κρίσεως μνήμην ποιήσασθαι· ὡς ἂν, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν, ὅλον ἡμῖν γένηται καταφανὲς ἐκ τοῦ κρασπέδου τὸ ὕφασμα. Καὶ γὰρ ἡ θεία Γραφή, πολλὰς τοῦ Σολομῶντος κρίσεις τοῖς ὑπηκόοις δικάσαν-
dynamei tou Pneumatos merizomenos, kēryssōn, synexetazōn, nouthetōn, didaskōn, iōmenos. Toutǭ gar dē malista prosēgeto tous pollous tǭ kērygmati, hoti synebainen hē opsis tę̄ akoę̄, kai di᾽ amphoterōn tēs theias dynameōs epelampen autǭ ta gnōrismata. Tēn men gar akoēn ho logos, tas de opseis ta peri tous asthenountas exeplētte thaumata. Ho penthōn parekaleito; ho neos esōphronizeto; ho gēraios tois kathēkousi logois etherapeueto. Douloi pros despotas oikeiōs echein, hoi kratountes tois hypocheiriois philanthrōpeuesthai, ho penomenos hena plouton einai tēn aretēn edidasketo, hētis pasi prokeitai kat' exousian hē ktēsis, ho tǭ ploutǭ komōn katallēlōs enoutheteito, oikonomos einai tōn prosontōn, ou kyrios didaskomenos. Gynaixi ta prosphora, paisi ta symmetra, patrasi ta preponta nemōn, kai panta pasi genomenos, tosouton heautǭ laon athroōs tę̄ synergią tou Pneumatos parestēsato, hōste pros naou kataskeuēn hormēsai, pantōn chrēmasi te kai sōmasi pros tēn spoudēn hypourgountōn. Houtos estin ho naos, hou tas archas ekeinos tēs kataskeuēs katebaleto; epekallōpise de tis tōn met᾿ ekeinon, ekeinou axiōs; ho mechri tou parontos deiknymenos, hon ho megas ekeinos euthys epistas, hoion tina themelion kai krēpida tēs idias hierōsynēs tǭ periphanestatǭ tēs poleōs enapetheto, theią tini dynamei teleiōsas to ergon, hōs tǭ meta tauta martyreitai chronǭ. Seismou gar pote barytatou tę̄ polei en tois kath hēmas chronois gegenēmenou, kai pantōn mikrou dein ardēn apolōlotōn, tōn te dēmosiōn kai tōn idiōtikōn oikodomēmatōn hapantōn ereipiōthentōn kai erēmōthentōn, monos emeinen ho naos ekeinos arrhagēs te kai aseistos, hōs kai dia toutou phaneron einai, kai meth' hoias dynameōs ho megas ekeinos tōn kat᾿ auton pragmatōn antelambaneto. ᾿Alla tauta men pollois hysteron chronois eis martyrian tēs tou megalou pisteōs para tēs theias apedeichthē dynameōs. Tote de tois apostolikois thaumasi tōn te kata tēn polin kai tēn perioikon hapantōn ekpeplēgmenōn, kai pan to par᾿ autou legomenon te kai ginomenon, theią dynamei prattesthai te kai legesthai pepisteukotōn, oude tōn biōtikōn amphisbētēmatōn, allo ti dikastērion ǭonto einai autois kyriōteron, alla pasa krisis kai pasa dysdiexodeutos pragmatōn plokē tais ekeinou symbouliais dielyeto. Hothen eunomia te kai eirēnē koinę̄ te kai pasi kai tois kath᾿ hekaston dia tēs ekeinou charitos ēn, kai pollē tōn agathōn hē epidosis, idią te kai koinę̄, mēdemias kakias tēn pros allēlous homonoian epikoptousēs. Ouk akairon d᾽ an isōs eiē, mias autou kriseōs mnēmēn poiēsasthai; hōs an, kata tēn paroimian, holon hēmin genētai kataphanes ek tou kraspedou to hyphasma. Kai gar hē theia Graphē, pollas tou Solomōntos kriseis tois hypēkoois dikasan-
power of the Spirit divided himself: preaching, examining together, admonishing, teaching, healing. For he drew the many to the preaching above all by this, that sight agreed with hearing, and through both the signs of the divine power shone out in him. For the word astonished their hearing, and the wonders done for the sick astonished their sight. The mourner was comforted; the young man was brought to self-restraint; the old man was cared for with fitting words. Slaves were taught to be well disposed to their masters, those in power to be kind to their subjects; the poor man was taught that virtue is the one wealth, whose possession lies open to all at will; the man who prided himself on his wealth was admonished as befitted him, being taught that he is the steward of what he has, not its lord. Distributing to women what was suitable, to children what was proportionate, to fathers what was fitting, and becoming all things to all, he soon gained for himself so great a people, by the co-operation of the Spirit, that he set about building a church, all serving the work with their money and their bodies. This is the church whose building he began; one of those after him adorned it worthily of him; it is shown to this day. That great man, as soon as he took office, laid it down in the most conspicuous part of the city as a kind of foundation and base for his own priesthood, and he completed the work by a divine power, as later time bears witness. For once, in our own times, when a very severe earthquake struck the city, and almost everything was utterly destroyed, all the public and private buildings being thrown down and laid waste, that church alone remained unbroken and unshaken, so that through this too it is plain with what power that great man took hold of the affairs of his time. But these things were shown by the divine power many years later as a testimony to the great man's faith. At that time, when everyone in the city and the region around was astonished at his apostolic wonders, and believed that everything he said and did was said and done by divine power, they thought that no other court had more authority for them even in the disputes of daily life, but every case and every tangle of affairs hard to unravel was resolved by his counsels. So good order and peace were present, in common for all and for each individual, through his grace, and there was much increase of good things, privately and publicly, with no vice cutting into their concord with one another. It would perhaps not be out of place to mention one of his judgments, so that, as the proverb says, the whole fabric may become plain to us from its fringe. For the divine Scripture too, though Solomon gave many judgments to his subjects,
Chapter 925
925PG 46:925–926
τος, ἠρκέσθη διὰ μιᾶς πᾶσαν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς παραστῆσαι τὴν σύνεσιν. Ὅτε ταῖς δύο μητράσι δικάζων, ἐπειδὴ ἀνεξέλεγκτον ἦν τὸ ἀδίκημα, κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἑκατέρας αὐτῶν, τὸ μὲν τεθνηκὸς παιδίον οὐ προσιεμένης, τοῦ δὲ περιόντος ἀντεχομένης, ἔγνω δι' ἐπινοίας ἀνιχνεῦσαι τὴν κεκρυμμένην ἀλήθειαν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀμάρτυρον ἦν τὸ ἀδίκημα, καὶ ἰσοστάσιος ἐφ᾿ ἑκατέρων ἥ τε τοῦ ψεύδους καὶ ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ὑπόνοια, τὴν φύσιν εἰς μαρτυρίαν τῆς ἀληθείας ἑαυτῷ παρεστήσατο, διὰ τῆς σεσοφισμένης ἀπειλῆς τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς διανοίας ἐπικρυψάμενος. Προστάξας γὰρ δῆθεν τοῦ τε περιόντος καὶ τοῦ τεθνηκότος τὸ σῶμα κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ξίφει διατμηθέντων ἀμφοτέραις προσνεμηθῆναι τὰ τῶν τέκνων ἡμίτομα, παρέδωκε τῇ φύσει τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ πράγματος. Ὡς γὰρ ἡ μὲν ἀσμένως τὸ προστεταγμένον ἐδέξατο, καὶ τὸν δήμιον ἤπειγεν· ἡ δὲ συγκινηθεῖσα τοῖς μητρώοις σπλάγχνοις, ἡττῆσθαι διωμολόγει, φείσασθαι τοῦ τέκνου παρακαλοῦσα (χάριν γὰρ εἶχεν, εἰ ὁπωσοῦν τὸ νήπιον σώζοιτο), τοῦτο κριτήριον τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιησάμενος, τῇ κατὰ τὸ ἑκούσιον τὴν νικῶσαν ψῆφον χαρίζεται, λογισάμενος ὅτι ἡ ἀφειδοῦσα τῆς τοῦ τέκνου σφαγῆς κατηγορεῖται παρὰ τῆς φύσεως, καὶ ὡς οὐκ οὖσα μήτηρ ἐκείνου, οὗ κατεπείγει τὸν θάνατον. Τίνα τοίνυν καὶ ἡμεῖς κρίσιν τοῦ μεγάλου Γρηγορίου διηγησόμεθα Δύο τινὲς ἀδελφοὶ, νέοι τὴν ἡλικίαν, ἄρτι τὸν πατρῷον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς διελόμενοι κλῆρον, λίμνης ἀντεποιοῦντο μιᾶς, πᾶσαν ἔχειν φιλονεικοῦντες ἑκάτερος, καὶ οὐ παραδεχόμενος τὸν ἄλλον ὁ ἕτερος εἰς κοινωνίαν τῆς κτήσεως. Γίνεται οὖν τῆς δίκης κύριος ὁ διδάσκαλος. Καὶ κατὰ τὸν τόπον γενόμενος, τοῖς ἰδίοις αὐτοῦ νόμοις ἐκέχρητο πρὸς τὴν δίαιταν, εἰς καταλλαγὰς ἄγων, καὶ συμβῆναι παρακαλῶν διὰ φιλίας τοὺς νέους, καὶ τὸ τῆς εἰρήνης κέρδος προτιμότερον τῶν ἐκ τῆς προσόδου ποιήσασθαι. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἀεὶ παραμένειν καὶ ζῶσι καὶ τελευτήσασιν· τῶν δὲ πρόσκαιρον μὲν τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν, αἰωνίαν δὲ τῇ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀδικίᾳ κατάκρισιν ἔχει, καὶ ὅσα εἰκὸς ἦν ἐκεῖνον λέγειν, καταστέλλοντα τὸ ἀτακτοῦν τῆς νεότητος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄπρακτος ἦν ἡ παράκλησις, καὶ ἡ νεότης ἐφλέγμαινεν, καὶ εἰς θυμὸν ἐξεκαίετο πλείονι τῇ ἐλπίδι τοῦ κέρδους περιοιδαίνουσα, καὶ στρατὸς έκατέρωθεν ἐκ τῶν ὑποχειρίων παρεσκευάζετο, πολυχειρία φονῶσα θυμῷ καὶ νεότητι στρατηγουμένη, καὶ ὥριστο τῆς συμπλοκῆς ὁ καιρός· μελλούσης δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὑστεραίαν τῆς μάχης ἐξ ἑκατέρων συῤῥήγνυσθαι, παραμείνας ταῖς ὄχθαις τῆς λίμνης ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ διακαρτερήσας ἐν ἀγρυπνίᾳ τὴν νύκτα, Μωσαϊκήν τινα θαυματουργίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος ἔδειξεν· οὐ πληγῇ ῥάβδου πρὸς δύο τμήματα τὸν βυθὸν διασχίσας, ἀλλ᾽ εὐχῇ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἀθρόως άπο-
tos, ērkesthē dia mias pasan tou andros parastēsai tēn synesin. Hote tais dyo mētrasi dikazōn, epeidē anexelenkton ēn to adikēma, kata to ison hekateras autōn, to men tethnēkos paidion ou prosiemenēs, tou de periontos antechomenēs, egnō di' epinoias anichneusai tēn kekrymmenēn alētheian. Epeidē gar amartyron ēn to adikēma, kai isostasios eph᾿ hekaterōn hē te tou pseudous kai hē tēs alētheias hyponoia, tēn physin eis martyrian tēs alētheias heautǭ parestēsato, dia tēs sesophismenēs apeilēs ton skopon tēs dianoias epikrypsamenos. Prostaxas gar dēthen tou te periontos kai tou tethnēkotos to sōma kata to ison xiphei diatmēthentōn amphoterais prosnemēthēnai ta tōn teknōn hēmitoma, paredōke tę̄ physei tēs alētheias tēn krisin tou pragmatos. Hōs gar hē men asmenōs to prostetagmenon edexato, kai ton dēmion ēpeigen; hē de synkinētheisa tois mētrōois splanchnois, hēttēsthai diōmologei, pheisasthai tou teknou parakalousa (charin gar eichen, ei hopōsoun to nēpion sōzoito), touto kritērion tēs alētheias ho basileus poiēsamenos, tę̄ kata to hekousion tēn nikōsan psēphon charizetai, logisamenos hoti hē apheidousa tēs tou teknou sphagēs katēgoreitai para tēs physeōs, kai hōs ouk ousa mētēr ekeinou, hou katepeigei ton thanaton. Tina toinyn kai hēmeis krisin tou megalou Grēgoriou diēgēsometha Dyo tines adelphoi, neoi tēn hēlikian, arti ton patrǭon en heautois dielomenoi klēron, limnēs antepoiounto mias, pasan echein philoneikountes hekateros, kai ou paradechomenos ton allon ho heteros eis koinōnian tēs ktēseōs. Ginetai oun tēs dikēs kyrios ho didaskalos. Kai kata ton topon genomenos, tois idiois autou nomois ekechrēto pros tēn diaitan, eis katallagas agōn, kai symbēnai parakalōn dia philias tous neous, kai to tēs eirēnēs kerdos protimoteron tōn ek tēs prosodou poiēsasthai. Tēn men gar eis aei paramenein kai zōsi kai teleutēsasin; tōn de proskairon men tēn apolausin, aiōnian de tę̄ epi tēn adikią katakrisin echei, kai hosa eikos ēn ekeinon legein, katastellonta to ataktoun tēs neotētos. Epei de apraktos ēn hē paraklēsis, kai hē neotēs ephlegmainen, kai eis thymon exekaieto pleioni tę̄ elpidi tou kerdous perioidainousa, kai stratos ekaterōthen ek tōn hypocheiriōn pareskeuazeto, polycheiria phonōsa thymǭ kai neotēti stratēgoumenē, kai hōristo tēs symplokēs ho kairos; mellousēs de kata tēn hysteraian tēs machēs ex hekaterōn syrrhēgnysthai, parameinas tais ochthais tēs limnēs ho tou Theou anthrōpos, kai diakarterēsas en agrypnią tēn nykta, Mōsaïkēn tina thaumatourgian epi tou hydatos edeixen; ou plēgę̄ rhabdou pros dyo tmēmata ton bython diaschisas, all᾽ euchę̄ pasan autēn athroōs apo-
was content to present the man's whole understanding through one. When he was judging between the two mothers, since the wrong could not be proved, each of them alike refusing the dead child and laying hold of the living one, he resolved to track down the hidden truth by an ingenious device. For since the wrong had no witness, and the suspicion of falsehood and of truth weighed equally on both, he brought in nature as his witness to the truth, concealing the aim of his intent by a clever threat. For by ordering, as it seemed, that the bodies of both the living and the dead child be cut in two equally with a sword and the halves of the children be assigned to both women, he handed over the judgment of the matter to nature, the witness of truth. For when the one gladly accepted the order and urged on the executioner, while the other, moved in her motherly heart, admitted defeat and begged that the child be spared (for she would be grateful if the infant were saved in any way at all), the king made this the test of truth and grants the winning vote to the one who had willingly given way, reasoning that the woman who did not shrink from the slaughter of the child stands accused by nature of not being the mother of the one whose death she was hastening. What judgment of the great Gregory, then, shall we recount? Two brothers, young in years, who had just divided their father's inheritance between themselves, laid claim to one lake, each contending to have all of it, and neither admitting the other to a share in the property. The teacher, then, becomes the arbiter of the case. Going to the place, he used his own laws for the arbitration, leading them to reconciliation, urging the young men to come to terms in friendship and to value the gain of peace above the gains of revenue. For peace, he said, remains for ever, for the living and the dead; but the enjoyment of revenues is temporary, while the condemnation for injustice is eternal; and he said whatever else he was likely to say to calm the disorder of youth. But when the exhortation had no effect, and youth was inflamed and burned up into anger, swelling with greater hope of gain, and an army was being prepared on each side from those under their control, a mass of hands thirsting for blood, led by anger and youth, and the time of the clash had been fixed, the battle being about to break out from both sides on the next day, the man of God remained on the banks of the lake and, persevering through the night in vigil, showed a wonder like that of Moses upon the water: not splitting the depths into two parts with a stroke of a rod, but by prayer drying it all up at once,
Chapter 927
927PG 46:927–928
χερσώσας, ἤπειρον ἔδειξεν τῷ ὄρθρῳ τὴν λίμνην, ξηράν τε καὶ ἄνικμον, ὡς μηδὲ ἐν τοῖς κοίλοις ἔχειν τι τοῦ ὕδατος λείψανον, τὴν πρὸ τῆς εὐχῆς πελαγίζουσαν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα τῇ θείᾳ δυνάμει δικάσας, πάλιν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀνεχώρει· τοῖς δὲ νέοις ἡ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἀπόφασις τὴν φιλονεικίαν διέλυσεν. Μὴ γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ ὑπὲρ οὗ τῶν κατ᾿ ἀλλήλων ἐξήρτυον πόλεμον, εἰρήνη τὸν θυμὸν διεδέξατο, καὶ πάλιν ἑαυτὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἡ φύσις ἐγνώρισε. Καὶ νῦν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τῆς θείας ἐκείνης ἀποφάσεως ἐναργῆ τὰ σημεῖα. Κύκλῳ γὰρ τῆς ποτε λίμνης ἴχνη τινὰ τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος ἐπικλύσεως εἰς ἔτι καὶ νῦν διασώζεται. Τὸ δ' ὅσον βύθιον ἦν τότε καὶ ἐν τῷ πυθμένι τοῦ ὕδατος, ἅπαν μετεσκευάσθη εἰς ἄλση, καὶ οἴκησιν καὶ λειμῶνας, καὶ ἄροσιν. Ταύτης οἶμαι τῆς δίκης μηδ' ἂν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν ὀνομαστὸν Σολομῶντα, τῶν πρωτείων ἀμφισβητῆσαι. Τί γὰρ τοσοῦτον εἰς ἀρετὴν, ἀποσῶσαι τὸ τῶν μητρῴων δύο μαζῶν βρέφος ἐνυπομάζιον, ᾧ τὸ ἴσον ἦν πάντως εἰς σωτηρίαν, εἴτε παρὰ τῆς γεννησαμένης, εἴτε καὶ παρὰ τῆς ἑτέρας ἑαυτῷ τὰ τῆς ἀνατροφῆς ἐσπουδάζετο, ἢ δύο νεανίας βραβεῦσαι τὴν σωτηρίαν; οἳ νῦν ἐπὶ τὰ τοῦ βίου πράγματα παρελθόντες, ἐν ἀκμῇ τῆς νεότητος, κατ᾿ αὐτὸ τῆς ἡλικίας τὸ ἄνθος τοῦ θυμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κατ' ἀλλήλων φόνον αὐτοῖς παροιστρήσαντος, ἔμελλον θέαμα πικρὸν τοῖς τότε μετ᾿ ὀλίγον ἐπιδειχθήσεσθαι, κατ᾿ ἀλλήλων τὰς χεῖρας ὁπλίσαντες, ἐφ ὧν ἐλπὶς ἦν, ἢ ἀμφοτέρους ὑπ' ἀλλήλων φθαρήσεσθαι, ἢ τὸν ἕνα γενέσθαι πάντως ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀδελφοκτονίας μιάσματι ἵνα παρῶμαι τοὺς ἑκατέροις τούτων συμπαρατασσομένους ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ θυμῷ, οἷς εἷς ὅρος τῆς κατ᾿ ἀλλήλων ὁρμῆς, ὁ τῶν ἀντιτεταγμένων θάνατος ἦν. Ὁ τοίνυν ἤδη κατ᾿ αὐτῶν κυρωθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ πονηροῦ στρατηγίας τὴν τοῦ θανάτου ψῆφον διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς ἀναλύσας, καὶ τὴν φύσιν πάλιν πρὸς ἑαυτὴν καταλλάξας, καὶ μεταβαλὼν εἰς εἰρηνικὰς εὐφροσύνας τὴν περὶ τοὺς φόνους σπουδήν πόσῳ μᾶλλον εἰκότως ἐπὶ τῇ κρίσει θαυμάζοιτο παρὰ τὸν τὴν κακουργίαν τῆς ἑταιρίδος φωράσαντα; Τὸ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ ὕδατι θαῦμα, πῶς ἀθρόως εἰς χέρσον μετεσκευάσθη τὸ πλώϊμον, καὶ πεδίον ἐγένετο, καὶ κοῖλον ἡ λίμνη, καὶ πῶς ἡ ἀντὶ θαλάσσης οὖσα τῷ τόπῳ τὸ πρότερον, νῦν πρὸς καρπῶν ἄνεισι φορὰν, τοῦτο σιγᾷν οἶμαι καλῶς ἔχειν μᾶλλον, ἢ διεξιέναι τῷ λόγῳ, μὴ δυναμένῳ κατ᾿ ἀξίαν συνεπαρθῆναι τῷ διηγήματι. Τί γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἐν τοῖς ἀναγράπτοις θαύμασι μεμαθήκαμεν, ὡς δύνασθαι εἰς ἴσον ἐλθεῖν τούτῳ διὰ συγκρίσεως; Ἔστησεν ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ Ἰησοῦς τὸ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ῥεῖθρον· ἀλλ᾿ ἕως ἡ κιβωτὸς ἦν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι. Περαιωθέντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῆς κιβωτοῦ διελθούσης, ἀπέδωκε πάλιν τῷ ῥείθρῳ τὸ σύνηθες. Γυμνοῦται τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν τῷ Ἐρυθραίῳ πελάγει τὸ τοῦ βυθοῦ ὑποκείμενον, ἀπωσθείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπὶ τὰ πλάγια τῆς θαλάσσης· ἀλλὰ ὁ χρόνος τοῦ θαύματος ἦν ἡ τοῦ στρατοῦ πάροδος, ἡ διὰ τοῦ ξηροῦ κατὰ τὸν
chersōsas, ēpeiron edeixen tǭ orthrǭ tēn limnēn, xēran te kai anikmon, hōs mēde en tois koilois echein ti tou hydatos leipsanon, tēn pro tēs euchēs pelagizousan. Kai ho men tauta tę̄ theią dynamei dikasas, palin pros heauton anechōrei; tois de neois hē ek tōn ergōn apophasis tēn philoneikian dielysen. Mē gar ontos tou hyper hou tōn kat᾿ allēlōn exērtyon polemon, eirēnē ton thymon diedexato, kai palin heautēn en tois adelphois hē physis egnōrise. Kai nyn estin idein tēs theias ekeinēs apophaseōs enargē ta sēmeia. Kyklǭ gar tēs pote limnēs ichnē tina tēs tou hydatos epiklyseōs eis eti kai nyn diasōzetai. To d' hoson bythion ēn tote kai en tǭ pythmeni tou hydatos, hapan meteskeuasthē eis alsē, kai oikēsin kai leimōnas, kai arosin. Tautēs oimai tēs dikēs mēd' an auton ekeinon ton onomaston Solomōnta, tōn prōteiōn amphisbētēsai. Ti gar tosouton eis aretēn, aposōsai to tōn mētrǭōn dyo mazōn brephos enypomazion, hǭ to ison ēn pantōs eis sōtērian, eite para tēs gennēsamenēs, eite kai para tēs heteras heautǭ ta tēs anatrophēs espoudazeto, ē dyo neanias brabeusai tēn sōtērian? hoi nyn epi ta tou biou pragmata parelthontes, en akmę̄ tēs neotētos, kat᾿ auto tēs hēlikias to anthos tou thymou pros ton kat' allēlōn phonon autois paroistrēsantos, emellon theama pikron tois tote met᾿ oligon epideichthēsesthai, kat᾿ allēlōn tas cheiras hoplisantes, eph hōn elpis ēn, ē amphoterous hyp' allēlōn phtharēsesthai, ē ton hena genesthai pantōs en tǭ tēs adelphoktonias miasmati hina parōmai tous hekaterois toutōn symparatassomenous en tǭ isǭ thymǭ, hois heis horos tēs kat᾿ allēlōn hormēs, ho tōn antitetagmenōn thanatos ēn. Ho toinyn ēdē kat᾿ autōn kyrōtheisan hypo tēs tou ponērou stratēgias tēn tou thanatou psēphon dia tēs euchēs analysas, kai tēn physin palin pros heautēn katallaxas, kai metabalōn eis eirēnikas euphrosynas tēn peri tous phonous spoudēn posǭ mallon eikotōs epi tę̄ krisei thaumazoito para ton tēn kakourgian tēs hetairidos phōrasanta? To gar epi tǭ hydati thauma, pōs athroōs eis cherson meteskeuasthē to plōïmon, kai pedion egeneto, kai koilon hē limnē, kai pōs hē anti thalassēs ousa tǭ topǭ to proteron, nyn pros karpōn aneisi phoran, touto sigąn oimai kalōs echein mallon, ē diexienai tǭ logǭ, mē dynamenǭ kat᾿ axian syneparthēnai tǭ diēgēmati. Ti gar toiouton en tois anagraptois thaumasi memathēkamen, hōs dynasthai eis ison elthein toutǭ dia synkriseōs? Estēsen ho tou Nauē Iēsous to tou Iordanou rheithron; all᾿ heōs hē kibōtos ēn en tǭ hydati. Peraiōthentos de tou laou kai tēs kibōtou dielthousēs, apedōke palin tǭ rheithrǭ to synēthes. Gymnoutai tou hydatos en tǭ Erythraiǭ pelagei to tou bythou hypokeimenon, apōstheisēs hypo tou pneumatos epi ta plagia tēs thalassēs; alla ho chronos tou thaumatos ēn hē tou stratou parodos, hē dia tou xērou kata ton
and at dawn he showed the lake as dry land, dry and without moisture, so that it held no remnant of water even in its hollows, though before the prayer it had been like a sea. Having judged these things by the divine power, he withdrew again to himself; and for the young men the verdict given by deeds dissolved their quarrel. For since the thing over which they were preparing war against each other no longer existed, peace took the place of anger, and nature recognized itself again in the brothers. And even now one can see clear signs of that divine verdict. For around what was once the lake some traces of the flooding of the water are still preserved to this day; but all that was then deep and at the bottom of the water has been changed into groves and dwellings and meadows and ploughland. In this judgment, I think, not even that famous Solomon himself would dispute the first prize. For what is so great in virtue, to save the baby at the breast between two mothers, for whom it was quite the same with respect to survival whether it was nursed by the one who bore it or by the other, as to award safety to two young men? They had just entered on the affairs of life, in the prime of youth; at the very flower of their age their anger had driven them mad toward murdering each other, and they were shortly to present a bitter sight to the people of that time, arming their hands against each other, in a case where the expectation was either that both would be destroyed by each other or that one would certainly come into the pollution of fratricide, to pass over those ranged on each side with equal anger, for whom the only limit to their onslaught against each other was the death of their opponents. He, then, who by his prayer annulled the sentence of death already ratified against them by the generalship of the evil one, and reconciled nature to itself again, and changed their zeal for slaughter into the joys of peace, how much more fittingly would he be admired for his judgment than the one who detected the harlot's wickedness? As for the wonder at the water, how a navigable place was at once changed into dry ground, and the lake became a plain and a hollow, and how what was formerly in place of a sea now yields a harvest of fruits, I think it better to be silent about this than to go through it in a speech unable to rise worthily with the story. For what such thing have we learned among the recorded wonders that could come to equal this by comparison? Joshua the son of Nun stopped the stream of the Jordan, but only while the ark was in the water; when the people had crossed and the ark had passed through, he gave back to the stream its usual course. In the Red Sea the bed of the depths is laid bare of water, the sea being pushed aside by the wind; but the time of the wonder was the passage of the army, made on dry land along the
Chapter 929
929PG 46:929–930
βυθὸν γενομένη. Μετὰ τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν μία τοῦ ὕδατος ἡ ἐπιφάνεια γίνεται· καὶ τὸ πρὸς ὀλίγον διαιρεθέν συνεκλύσθη. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ ἅπαξ γενόμενον ἔμεινεν οἷον ἐγένετο, ὡς μὴ ἀπιστεῖσθαι τῷ χρόνῳ τὸ θαῦμα, διὰ τῶν φαινομένων εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς μαρτυρούμενον. Τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ τὴν λίμνην λεγόμενά τε καὶ δεικνύμενα τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον. Ἕτερον δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο θαῦμα τοιοῦτον παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ δείκνυταί τε καὶ μνημονεύεται. Ποταμός τις παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς διαῤῥεῖ τὸν χῶρον, αὐτῷ τῷ ὀνόματι τὸ τραχὺ καὶ ἀνήμερον ἐπισημαίνων τοῦ ῥεύματος Λύκος γὰρ, διὰ τὸ βλαπτικὸν εἶναι, παρὰ τῶν προσοικούντων ἐπονομάζεται. Οὕτως πολὺς μὲν καὶ ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν καταφέρεται τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας, τῆς χώρας αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ὁρῶν δαψιλὲς ἐπιχορηγούσης τὸ ῥεῖθρον. Κοῖλος δὲ πανταχοῦ τὰς ὑπωρείας τῶν κρημνῶν ὑποῤῥέων πολὺ μᾶλλον ταῖς χειμερίαις χαράδραις ἀποτραχύνεται, πάσας εἰς ἑαυτὸν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ὁρῶν συῤῥοίας ὑπολαμβάνων. Ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπτίῳ τῆς χώρας, δι' ἧς διεξέρχεται, πολλάκις ταῖς ἐκατέρωθεν κρηπῖσι στενοχωρούμενος, κατά τι μέρος ὑπερχεῖται τῆς ὄχθης, κατὰ τὸ πλάγιον, ἅπαν ἐπικλύζων τῷ ῥείθρῳ τὸ ὑπερκείμενον· ὥστε συνεχεῖς κατὰ τὸ ἀπροσδόκητον τοῖς παροικοῦσι τῷ τόπῳ τοὺς κινδύνους ἐπάγεσθαι, ἀωρὶ τῶν νυκτῶν ἢ καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν πολλάκις τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῖς ἀγροῖς ἐπεμβαίνοντος. Ὅθεν οὐ φυτὰ μόνον καὶ σπέρματα καὶ βοσκήματα τῇ τῶν ὑδάτων φορᾷ διεφθείρετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτῶν ἤπτετο τῶν οἰκητόρων ὁ κίνδυνος, ἀπροόπτως ἐν τῇ ἐπικλύσει τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ναυαγούντων. Τῶν τοίνυν προκατορθωθέντων τῷ μεγάλῳ θαυμάτων εἰς ἄπαν διαπεφοιτηκότων τὸ ἔθνος, ἀναστάντες οἱ κατὰ τὸ μέρος ἐκεῖνο τῷ ποταμῷ προσοικοῦντες, ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες πανδημεὶ πάντες ἱκέται τοῦ μεγάλου γίνονται, δεόμενοι λύσιν αὐτοῖς τινα τῶν κακῶν ἐξ ἀνελπίστων πορίσασθαι. Ἅπαντα γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ τὸν Θεὸν ἔλεγε δύνασθαι, ὅσα ταῖς ἀνθρωπίναις ἐπινοίαις καὶ διανοίαις ἐστὶν ἀμήχανα. Μηδὲν γὰρ τῶν εἰς βουλήν τε καὶ δύναμιν ἀνθρωπίνην ἠκόντων παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐλλειφθῆναι, λίθοις καὶ χώμασι, καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν κακῶν εἴωθεν ἐπινοεῖσθαι, πάντα πεποιηκότων, καὶ ἀντισχεῖν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κακοῦ μὴ δυνηθέντων φοράν. Καὶ ὡς ἂν μάλιστα παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐναχθείη πρὸς ἔλεον, αὐτόπτην ἠξίουν γενέσθαι τῆς συμφορᾶς, καὶ μαθεῖν ὡς οὔτε δυνατῶς εἶχον μεταθεῖναι τὴν οἴκησιν, καὶ ὅτι πάντοτε αὐτοῖς ὁ θάνατος ἐπὶ τῇ ὁρμῇ κεῖται τοῦ ὕδατος. Γενόμενος τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν τόπον (οὐδεὶς γὰρ ὅκνος αὐτῷ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν σπουδὴν διεκώλυεν)· οὔτε ὀχήματος, οὔτε ἵππων, οὔτε ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν διαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν δυναμένων προσδεηθεὶς, ἀλλὰ βακτηρίᾳ τινὶ στηριζόμενος, πᾶσαν διήνυσε τὴν ὁδὸν, καὶ ἅμα προσφιλοσοφῶν τοῖς τῆς ὁδοῦ κοινωνοῦσιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας ἐλπίδος, ἐν οἷς ἀεὶ κατὰ τὸ προηγούμενον διατρίβων, τὰ ἄλλα πάρεργα τῆς προτιμοτέρας ἐποιεῖτο σπουδῆς· ὡς οὖν ὑπεδείχθη παρά τε τῶν προκαθηγησαμένων ἡ τοῦ ῥείθρου παρατροπὴ, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ φαινόμενον τὴν συμφορὰν διεμήνυεν, εἰς βαθείαν χαραδρωθέντος τοῦ τόπου φαράγγα διὰ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἐμπτώσεως ταῦτά φησι πρὸς τοὺς
bython genomenē. Meta touto de palin mia tou hydatos hē epiphaneia ginetai; kai to pros oligon diairethen syneklysthē. Entautha de to hapax genomenon emeinen hoion egeneto, hōs mē apisteisthai tǭ chronǭ to thauma, dia tōn phainomenōn eis to diēnekes martyroumenon. Ta men dē kata tēn limnēn legomena te kai deiknymena touton echei ton tropon. Heteron de meta touto thauma toiouton par᾿ autou deiknytai te kai mnēmoneuetai. Potamos tis par᾿ autois diarrhei ton chōron, autǭ tǭ onomati to trachy kai anēmeron episēmainōn tou rheumatos Lykos gar, dia to blaptikon einai, para tōn prosoikountōn eponomazetai. Houtōs polys men kai ek tōn pēgōn katapheretai tēs ᾿Armenias, tēs chōras autǭ dia tōn hyperkeimenōn horōn dapsiles epichorēgousēs to rheithron. Koilos de pantachou tas hypōreias tōn krēmnōn hyporrheōn poly mallon tais cheimeriais charadrais apotrachynetai, pasas eis heauton tas ek tōn horōn syrrhoias hypolambanōn. En de tǭ hyptiǭ tēs chōras, di' hēs diexerchetai, pollakis tais ekaterōthen krēpisi stenochōroumenos, kata ti meros hypercheitai tēs ochthēs, kata to plagion, hapan epiklyzōn tǭ rheithrǭ to hyperkeimenon; hōste synecheis kata to aprosdokēton tois paroikousi tǭ topǭ tous kindynous epagesthai, aōri tōn nyktōn ē kai meth᾽ hēmeran pollakis tou potamou tois agrois epembainontos. Hothen ou phyta monon kai spermata kai boskēmata tę̄ tōn hydatōn phorą diephtheireto, alla kai autōn ēpteto tōn oikētorōn ho kindynos, aprooptōs en tę̄ epiklysei tou hydatos en tais oikiais nauagountōn. Tōn toinyn prokatorthōthentōn tǭ megalǭ thaumatōn eis apan diapephoitēkotōn to ethnos, anastantes hoi kata to meros ekeino tǭ potamǭ prosoikountes, andres kai gynaikes kai paides pandēmei pantes hiketai tou megalou ginontai, deomenoi lysin autois tina tōn kakōn ex anelpistōn porisasthai. Hapanta gar en autǭ ton Theon elege dynasthai, hosa tais anthrōpinais epinoiais kai dianoiais estin amēchana. Mēden gar tōn eis boulēn te kai dynamin anthrōpinēn ēkontōn par᾿ autōn elleiphthēnai, lithois kai chōmasi, kai ei ti allo pros ta toiauta tōn kakōn eiōthen epinoeisthai, panta pepoiēkotōn, kai antischein pros tēn tou kakou mē dynēthentōn phoran. Kai hōs an malista par᾿ autōn enachtheiē pros eleon, autoptēn ēxioun genesthai tēs symphoras, kai mathein hōs oute dynatōs eichon metatheinai tēn oikēsin, kai hoti pantote autois ho thanatos epi tę̄ hormę̄ keitai tou hydatos. Genomenos toinyn kata ton topon (oudeis gar hoknos autǭ tēn pros to agathon spoudēn diekōlyen); oute ochēmatos, oute hippōn, oute allou tinos tōn diagagein auton dynamenōn prosdeētheis, alla baktērią tini stērizomenos, pasan diēnyse tēn hodon, kai hama prosphilosophōn tois tēs hodou koinōnousin autǭ peri tēs hypsēloteras elpidos, en hois aei kata to proēgoumenon diatribōn, ta alla parerga tēs protimoteras epoieito spoudēs; hōs oun hypedeichthē para te tōn prokathēgēsamenōn hē tou rheithrou paratropē, kai auto to phainomenon tēn symphoran diemēnyen, eis batheian charadrōthentos tou topou pharanga dia tēs tōn hydatōn emptōseōs tauta phēsi pros tous
depths. After that, the surface of the water becomes one again, and what had been divided for a short time flowed together. But here what was once done remained as it was done, so that the wonder is not disbelieved because of time, being attested for ever by what can be seen. Such, then, is what is told and shown about the lake. After this another wonder of the same kind is shown and remembered from him. A river flows through their region, which signals the roughness and wildness of its stream by its very name: it is called the Lycus, the “Wolf,” by those who live near it, because it is destructive. It comes down already large from its springs in Armenia, the country supplying it with an abundant stream from the mountains above. Flowing deep everywhere beneath the foot of the cliffs, it is made much rougher by the winter torrents, taking into itself all the streams that flow together from the mountains. In the flat part of the country through which it passes, often hemmed in by the banks on either side, it overflows the bank at some point on the side and floods everything beyond with its stream, so that it continually brings unexpected dangers upon those who live by the place, the river often invading the fields at dead of night or even by day. As a result, not only plants and seeds and cattle were destroyed by the rush of the waters, but the danger touched the inhabitants themselves, who were shipwrecked in their houses without warning in the flooding of the water. Since the wonders already achieved by the great man had spread through the whole nation, those who lived by the river in that district rose up, men and women and children, the whole population, and became suppliants of the great man, begging him to provide them some deliverance from their troubles beyond hope. For they said that God in him could do all things that are impossible to human devices and thoughts. For they had left out nothing that lay within human counsel and power, having tried everything, stones and embankments and whatever else is usually devised against such evils, and had been unable to hold out against the force of the evil. And so that he might above all be moved by them to pity, they asked him to become an eyewitness of the disaster, and to learn that they were not able to move their dwelling, and that death always lay before them at the onrush of the water. When he came to the place (for no reluctance hindered his zeal for the good), needing neither carriage nor horses nor anything else that could carry him, but leaning on a staff, he travelled the whole road, discoursing at the same time on philosophy with those who shared the road with him about the higher hope, in which he always spent his time as his chief concern, making everything else secondary to the more important pursuit. So when the turning of the stream was pointed out to him by those who had led the way, and the very sight declared the disaster, the place having been gouged into a deep ravine by the onrush of the waters, he says this to
Chapter 931
931PG 46:931–932
συνειλεγμένους· Οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνθρώπων, ἀδελφοὶ, τὸ διαλαμβάνειν ὄροις τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κίνησιν μόνης τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἔργον τὸ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ἐντὸς ὅρων κατακλείειν τὴν τῶν ὑδάτων φοράν. Οὕτως γάρ φησι πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὁ Προφήτης ὅτι "Ὅριον ἔθου, ὃ οὐ παρελεύσεται. Μόνῳ τῷ Δεσπότῃ τῆς κτίσεως Χριστῷ ἡ τῶν στοιχείων φύσις ἐστὶν ὑποχείριος, ἐν οἷς ἂν ταχθῇ τόποις, εἰς τὸ διηνεκές παραμένουσα Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ὁ Θεός ἐστιν ὁ νομοθετῶν τοὺς ὅρους τοῖς ὕδασι, μόνος ἂν ἐκεῖνος τῇ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τούτου τὴν ἀταξίαν πεδήσειεν. Εἶπεν, καὶ οἷον ἔνθους ἐξ ἐπινοίας θειοτέρας γενόμενος, καὶ μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτῷ σύμμαχον πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ἐλθεῖν ἐπευξάμενος, καταπήγνυσι τὴν βακτηρίαν, ἣν διὰ χειρὸς ἔφερεν, κατὰ τὸν διεφθορότα τόπον τῆς ὄχθης. Διάβροχος δὲ οὖσα κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο ἡ γῆ καὶ σομφώδης, ῥᾳδίως ὑπενόστησε κατὰ τὸ βάθος, τῷ τε βάρει τῆς βακτηρίας ἅμα καὶ τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ πηγνύντος ὑπείξασα. Εἶτα τοῦτο καθάπερ τι κλεῖθρον γενέσθαι καὶ κώλυμα τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων ἀταξίας τῷ Θεῷ ἐπευξάμενος, πάλιν ὑπέστρεφεν, ἔργῳ δείξας ὅτι πᾶν τὸ παρ' ἐκείνου γινόμενον ὑπὸ θείας ἐνηργεῖτο δυνάμεως. Εὐθὺς γὰρ οὐ μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον ἡ μὲν βακτηρία, ταῖς ὄχθαις ἐῤῥιζωθεῖσα, δένδρον ἐγένετο. Τῷ δὲ ῥείθρῳ τὸ φυτὸν ὅρος ἐπάγη, καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις θέαμά τε καὶ διήγημα γίνεται τὸ φυτόν. Ὅταν γὰρ ἐξ ἐπομβρίας χειμάῤῥων ὁ Λύκος ἐκεῖνος πλημμυρῶν κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες καὶ τραχυνόμενος φέρηται, φοβερὸς ἐπικαχλάζων τῷ ῥεύματι, τότε περὶ τὸν πυθμένα τοῦ δένδρου κατὰ τὸ ἄκρον ἐπιφαύσας τῷ ὕδατι, πάλιν ὀγκωθεὶς κατὰ τὸ μέσον συστέλλει τὸ ῥεῖθρον, καὶ οἷον φοβούμενος ἐμπελάσαι τῷ δένδρῳ, κυρτῷ τῷ κύματι παραμείβει τὸν χῶρον. Τοιαύτη τοῦ μεγάλου Γρηγορίου ἡ δύναμις, μᾶλλον δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν ἐκείνῳ τὰ θαύματα. Καθάπερ γὰρ ὑποχειρία τις οὖσα τῶν στοιχείων ἡ φύσις ἐδείκνυτο πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν ἀλλασσομένη τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασιν, ὥστε λίμνην μὲν εἰς πυροφόρον χώραν μετατεθῆναι, τὰς δὲ χαράδρας τοῦ ὕδατος οἰκισθῆναι, τῆς βακτηρίας ᾠκειωμένης τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τοῖς οἰκήτορσιν. Ὄνομα δὲ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν ἐστι τῷ δένδρῳ, ἡ βακτηρία, μνημόσυνον τῆς Γρηγορίου χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως τοῖς ἐγχωρίοις ἐν παντὶ τῷ χρόνῳ σωζόμενον. Τί βούλει τούτοις τῶν προφητικῶν θαυμάτων ἀντιπαρατεθῆναι διὰ συγκρίσεως; Εἴπω τὴν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου τομὴν, ἣν τῇ πληγῇ τῆς μηλωτῆς ὁ Ἠλίας πρὸ τῆς ἀνόδου πεποίηται, καὶ μετ' αὐτὸν Ἐλισσαῖος ὁ κληρονόμος τῆς μηλωτῆς καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ᾿Αλλ' ἐπὶ τούτων, μόνοις τοῖς προφήταις ἐπὶ τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς χρείας σχισθέντος τοῦ ὕδατος, διὰ τοῦ
syneilegmenous; Ouk estin anthrōpōn, adelphoi, to dialambanein orois tēn tou hydatos kinēsin monēs tēs theias dynameōs ergon to toiouton estin, entos horōn katakleiein tēn tōn hydatōn phoran. Houtōs gar phēsi pros ton Theon ho Prophētēs hoti "Horion ethou, ho ou pareleusetai. Monǭ tǭ Despotę̄ tēs ktiseōs Christǭ hē tōn stoicheiōn physis estin hypocheirios, en hois an tachthę̄ topois, eis to diēnekes paramenousa Epeidē toinyn ho Theos estin ho nomothetōn tous horous tois hydasi, monos an ekeinos tę̄ idią dynamei kai tou potamou toutou tēn ataxian pedēseien. Eipen, kai hoion enthous ex epinoias theioteras genomenos, kai megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ ton Christon autǭ symmachon pros to prokeimenon elthein epeuxamenos, katapēgnysi tēn baktērian, hēn dia cheiros epheren, kata ton diephthorota topon tēs ochthēs. Diabrochos de ousa kat᾿ ekeino hē gē kai somphōdēs, rhądiōs hypenostēse kata to bathos, tǭ te barei tēs baktērias hama kai tę̄ cheiri tou pēgnyntos hypeixasa. Eita touto kathaper ti kleithron genesthai kai kōlyma tēs tōn hydatōn ataxias tǭ Theǭ epeuxamenos, palin hypestrephen, ergǭ deixas hoti pan to par' ekeinou ginomenon hypo theias enērgeito dynameōs. Euthys gar ou meta polyn chronon hē men baktēria, tais ochthais errhizōtheisa, dendron egeneto. Tǭ de rheithrǭ to phyton horos epagē, kai mechri tou nyn tois epichōriois theama te kai diēgēma ginetai to phyton. Hotan gar ex epombrias cheimarrhōn ho Lykos ekeinos plēmmyrōn kata to synēthes kai trachynomenos pherētai, phoberos epikachlazōn tǭ rheumati, tote peri ton pythmena tou dendrou kata to akron epiphausas tǭ hydati, palin onkōtheis kata to meson systellei to rheithron, kai hoion phoboumenos empelasai tǭ dendrǭ, kyrtǭ tǭ kymati parameibei ton chōron. Toiautē tou megalou Grēgoriou hē dynamis, mallon de tou Theou tou energountos en ekeinǭ ta thaumata. Kathaper gar hypocheiria tis ousa tōn stoicheiōn hē physis edeiknyto pros to dokoun allassomenē tois epitagmasin, hōste limnēn men eis pyrophoron chōran metatethēnai, tas de charadras tou hydatos oikisthēnai, tēs baktērias ǭkeiōmenēs to asphales tois oikētorsin. Onoma de mechri tou nyn esti tǭ dendrǭ, hē baktēria, mnēmosynon tēs Grēgoriou charitos kai dynameōs tois enchōriois en panti tǭ chronǭ sōzomenon. Ti boulei toutois tōn prophētikōn thaumatōn antiparatethēnai dia synkriseōs? Eipō tēn tou Iordanou tomēn, hēn tę̄ plēgę̄ tēs mēlōtēs ho Ēlias pro tēs anodou pepoiētai, kai met' auton Elissaios ho klēronomos tēs mēlōtēs kai tou pneumatos ᾿All' epi toutōn, monois tois prophētais epi tou kairou tēs chreias schisthentos tou hydatos, dia tou
those gathered: “It is not for human beings, brothers, to bound the movement of water with limits; such a thing is the work of the divine power alone, to shut in the rush of the waters within limits. For so the prophet says to God: ‘You set a boundary which it will not pass.’ The nature of the elements is subject to Christ alone, the Master of creation, and remains for ever in whatever places it is assigned. Since, then, God is the one who lays down laws of limits for the waters, he alone by his own power could fetter the disorder of this river too.” He spoke; and as if inspired by a more divine thought, he prayed in a loud voice that Christ would come as his ally for the task before him, and fixed the staff he carried in his hand in the damaged place of the bank. The ground there, being soaked and spongy, easily gave way into the depth, yielding to the weight of the staff and the hand of the one fixing it. Then, having prayed to God that this might become a kind of bar and barrier against the disorder of the waters, he went back again, showing by the deed that everything done by him was worked by divine power. For soon afterwards the staff, having taken root in the banks, became a tree; and the plant was set as a boundary to the stream, and to this day the plant is a sight and a story for the local people. For whenever that Lycus, swollen into a torrent by heavy rain, rushes along flooding and roughened as usual, fearsome as it roars in its current, then, having touched the foot of the tree with the edge of its water, it swells up again in the middle and draws its stream together, and as if afraid to come near the tree it passes the place by with an arched wave. Such was the power of the great Gregory, or rather of God who worked the wonders in him. For the nature of the elements was shown to be like a subject, changing at his commands as he saw fit, so that a lake was changed into wheat-bearing land, and the ravines of the water were inhabited, the staff having secured safety for the inhabitants. To this day the tree is called “the Staff,” a memorial of Gregory's grace and power preserved for the local people for all time. Which of the prophets' wonders do you wish to set beside these by comparison? Shall I mention the dividing of the Jordan, which Elijah made by striking it with his mantle before his ascent, and after him Elisha, the heir of the mantle and the spirit? But in their case the water was split for the prophets alone at the time of need, and through the
Chapter 933
933PG 46:933–934
ῥεύματος διαβατὸς ὁ Ἰορδάνης ἐγένετο, τοσοῦτον διασχὼν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ ῥεῖθρον, ὅσον τοῖς ποσὶ παρασχεῖν τῶν προφητῶν διὰ ξηροῦ τοῦ πυθμένος ἐνδιοδεῦσαι, τῷ δὲ ἐφεξῆς χρόνῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοιοῦτος ἦν, οἷος καὶ πρόσθεν ἦν. Λύκος ἐκεῖνος ἅπαξ ἀπωσθεὶς τῆς ἀτάκτου φορᾶς, εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ τὸ θαῦμα τοῦ Γρηγορίου ποιεῖ, παντὶ τῷ ἐφεξῆς χρόνῳ τοιοῦτος μένων, οἷον αὐτὸν ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου πίστις ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς θαυματουργίας ἐποίησεν. Ὁ σκοπὸς δὲ τῶν γινομένων οὐχὶ ἡ τῶν ὁρώντων ἔκπληξις ἦν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τῶν προσοικούντων τῷ ποταμῷ σωτηρία. Ὥστε τοῦ θαύματος τὸ ἴσον ἔχοντος (ὑποχωρεῖ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις καὶ τῷ μιμητῇ τῶν προφητῶν κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἡ τοῦ ὕδατος φύσις), εἰ χρή μετὰ παῤῥησίας εἰπεῖν, πλεονεκτεῖ τῷ φιλανθρώπῳ τὸ παρὰ τούτου γενόμενον, δι' οὗ τῶν προσοικούντων ἡ σωτηρία κατησφαλίσθη, τοῦ ὕδατος πεδηθέντος ἅπαξ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ ῥεύματος, καὶ ἀκινήτου πρὸς τὸ ἐφεξῆς διαμένοντος. Ἐπειδὴ, πανταχοῦ τῆς χώρας τῶν τοιούτων θαυμάτων διαφοιτώντων, τῇ δυνάμει τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως ἐνεργεῖσθαι πεπιστευμένων, καὶ πάντες μετέχειν ἐπεθύμουν ἐκείνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων μαρτυρουμένης θαυμάτων, καὶ πανταχοῦ προῄει τὸ κήρυγμα, καὶ ἐνεργὸν ἦν τὸ μυστήριον καὶ ἡ σπουδὴ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐπετείνετο, τῆς ἱερωσύνης παρὰ πᾶσι καθισταμένης, ὡς ἂν διὰ πάντων ἡ πίστις πλεονάζοι καὶ αὔξοιτο· γίνεται οὖν πρεσβεία πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκ πόλεώς τινος ἀστυγείτονος, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ τὴν παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐκκλησίαν διὰ τῆς ἱερωσύνης συστήσασθαι. Κώμανα δὲ τῇ πόλει τοὔνομα, ᾗ ἐπιξενωθῆναι τὸν μέγαν ἠξίουν πανδημεί πάντες τὴν χάριν αἰτούμενοι. Γενόμενος τοίνυν παρ' αὐτοῖς καὶ συνδιαγαγὼν ἡμέρας τινὰς, καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς τὴν περὶ τὸ μυστήριον ἐπιθυμίαν ἐξάψας οἷς ἐποίει τε καὶ ἐφθέγγετο· ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς ἦν καὶ τὴν πρεσβείαν αὐτῶν εἰς πέρας ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ἀναδειχθῆναί τινα τῆς παρ' αὐτοῖς Ἐκκλησίας ἀρχιερέα τότε τῶν μὲν ἐν τέλει πάντων αἱ γνῶμαι τοὺς προέχειν δοκοῦντας λόγῳ τε καὶ γένει, καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ περιφανείᾳ περιειργάζοντο. Ωοντο γὰρ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τὸν μέγαν Γρηγόριον ἦν, μηδὲ τούτων δεῖν ἄμοιρον εἶναι, τὸν ἐπὶ τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐρχόμενον. Πολλαχῆ δὲ ταῖς ψήφοις μεριζομένων, καὶ ἄλλων ἄλλον προαιρουμένων, ἀνέμενεν ὁ μέγας θεόθεν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τινὰ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον συμβουλήν. Καὶ καθὼς ὁ Σαμουήλ μνημονεύεται, μὴ καταπλαγῆναι κάλλος σωμάτων καὶ μέγεθος ἐν τῇ τῆς βασιλείας κρίσει, ἀλλὰ ψυχὴν ἐπιζητεῖν βασιλικὴν, κἂν ἐν καταφρονουμένῳ σώματι τύχῃ· τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος, τὰς περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ἐψηφισμένων σπουδὰς παραβλέπων, πρὸς ἓν ἀφεώρα μόνον, εἴ τις καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἀνακηρύξεως, δι' ἐπιμελείας βίου καὶ ἀρετῆς, ἐν τῷ τρόπῳ τὴν ἱερωσύνην φέροι. Ὡς δὲ οἱ μὲν παρῆγον τοὺς ὑπεψηφισμένους μετ' ἐγκωμίων, ἕκαστος τὸν παρ' αὐτοῦ προβαλλόμενος, ὁ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς εὐτελεστέρους κατὰ τὸ τοῦ βίου σχῆμα βλέπειν ἐκελεύετο (δυνατὸν γὰρ εἶναι καὶ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις
rheumatos diabatos ho Iordanēs egeneto, tosouton diaschōn en heautǭ to rheithron, hoson tois posi paraschein tōn prophētōn dia xērou tou pythmenos endiodeusai, tǭ de ephexēs chronǭ kai tois loipois tōn anthrōpōn toioutos ēn, hoios kai prosthen ēn. Lykos ekeinos hapax apōstheis tēs ataktou phoras, eis to aei to thauma tou Grēgoriou poiei, panti tǭ ephexēs chronǭ toioutos menōn, hoion auton hē tou megalou pistis en tǭ kairǭ tēs thaumatourgias epoiēsen. Ho skopos de tōn ginomenōn ouchi hē tōn horōntōn ekplēxis ēn, all᾽ hē tōn prosoikountōn tǭ potamǭ sōtēria. Hōste tou thaumatos to ison echontos (hypochōrei gar kai tois prophētais kai tǭ mimētę̄ tōn prophētōn kata to ison hē tou hydatos physis), ei chrē meta parrhēsias eipein, pleonektei tǭ philanthrōpǭ to para toutou genomenon, di' hou tōn prosoikountōn hē sōtēria katēsphalisthē, tou hydatos pedēthentos hapax kat᾿ ekeino tou rheumatos, kai akinētou pros to ephexēs diamenontos. Epeidē, pantachou tēs chōras tōn toioutōn thaumatōn diaphoitōntōn, tę̄ dynamei tēs eis Christon pisteōs energeisthai pepisteumenōn, kai pantes metechein epethymoun ekeinēs tēs pisteōs tēs hypo tōn toioutōn martyroumenēs thaumatōn, kai pantachou proę̄ei to kērygma, kai energon ēn to mystērion kai hē spoudē pros to agathon epeteineto, tēs hierōsynēs para pasi kathistamenēs, hōs an dia pantōn hē pistis pleonazoi kai auxoito; ginetai oun presbeia pros auton ek poleōs tinos astygeitonos, elthein pros autous, kai tēn par' autois ekklēsian dia tēs hierōsynēs systēsasthai. Kōmana de tę̄ polei tounoma, hę̄ epixenōthēnai ton megan ēxioun pandēmei pantes tēn charin aitoumenoi. Genomenos toinyn par' autois kai syndiagagōn hēmeras tinas, kai mallon autois tēn peri to mystērion epithymian exapsas hois epoiei te kai ephthengeto; epeidē kairos ēn kai tēn presbeian autōn eis peras elthein, kai anadeichthēnai tina tēs par' autois Ekklēsias archierea tote tōn men en telei pantōn hai gnōmai tous proechein dokountas logǭ te kai genei, kai tę̄ loipę̄ periphaneią perieirgazonto. Ōonto gar, epeidē kai tauta peri ton megan Grēgorion ēn, mēde toutōn dein amoiron einai, ton epi tēn charin tautēn erchomenon. Pollachē de tais psēphois merizomenōn, kai allōn allon proairoumenōn, anemenen ho megas theothen autǭ genesthai tina pros to prokeimenon symboulēn. Kai kathōs ho Samouēl mnēmoneuetai, mē kataplagēnai kallos sōmatōn kai megethos en tę̄ tēs basileias krisei, alla psychēn epizētein basilikēn, kan en kataphronoumenǭ sōmati tychę̄; ton auton tropon kakeinos, tas peri hekastou tōn epsēphismenōn spoudas parablepōn, pros hen apheōra monon, ei tis kai pro tēs anakēryxeōs, di' epimeleias biou kai aretēs, en tǭ tropǭ tēn hierōsynēn pheroi. Hōs de hoi men parēgon tous hypepsēphismenous met' enkōmiōn, hekastos ton par' autou proballomenos, ho de kai pros tous eutelesterous kata to tou biou schēma blepein ekeleueto (dynaton gar einai kai en tois toioutois
stream the Jordan became passable, opening its stream only so far as to let the prophets' feet walk through on the dry bed; in the time after, for the rest of mankind, it was as it had been before. But that Lycus, once driven back from its disorderly rush, makes Gregory's wonder last for ever, remaining for all later time as the great man's faith made it at the moment of the wonder. And the aim of what was done was not the astonishment of the onlookers but the safety of those who lived by the river. So, though the wonder is equal (for the nature of water gives way equally to the prophets and to the imitator of the prophets), if one may speak boldly, what was done by this man excels in kindness, since through it the safety of those living near was secured, the water being fettered once for all at that point of the stream and remaining immovable thereafter. Now since such wonders spread everywhere through the country, and were believed to be worked by the power of faith in Christ, all desired to share in that faith attested by such wonders; the preaching advanced everywhere, the mystery was effective, and zeal for the good increased, as the priesthood was established among all so that through all the faith might abound and grow. So an embassy comes to him from a neighbouring city, asking him to come to them and establish their church through the priesthood. The name of the city was Comana, and all its people together asked as a favour that the great man be their guest. He came to them and spent some days with them, kindling still more their desire for the mystery by what he did and said. When it was time for their embassy to reach its end, and for someone to be appointed high priest of their church, the opinions of all those in authority busied themselves with those who seemed to excel in eloquence and birth and other distinction. For they thought that, since the great Gregory had these things, the one who came to this grace ought not to lack them either. As the votes were divided in many ways and different people chose different men, the great man waited for some counsel to come to him from God about the matter. And just as Samuel is remembered not to have been overawed by bodily beauty and stature in choosing a king, but to have sought a kingly soul, even if it happened to be in a despised body, in the same way he too disregarded the efforts made on behalf of each of the candidates and looked at one thing only: whether anyone, even before his proclamation, carried the priesthood in his character through the care of his life and his virtue. While the others brought forward their candidates with praises, each promoting his own man, he bade them look also to those of humbler outward condition (for it was possible that even among such
Chapter 935
935PG 46:935–936
εὑρεθῆναί τινα τῶν περιφανεστέρων τῷ βίῳ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς ψυχῆς ὑψηλότερον), ὕβριν ᾠήθη τις τῶν προεστηκότων τῆς ψήφου καὶ χλευασμὸν τὴν τοιαύτην τοῦ μεγάλου κρίσιν, εἰ, τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῷ ἀξιώματι καὶ τῇ φαινομένῃ τοῦ βίου μαρτυρίᾳ κεκριμένων τῶν ἄλλων, μηδενὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερωσύνην παραδεχθέντος, ἐκ τῶν βαναύσων πρὸς τοιαύτην χάριν νομίζοιντό τινες ἀξιώτεροι· καὶ ἅμα κατειρωνευόμενος προσελθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν, Εἰ ταῦτα κελεύεις, φησὶ, τούτους μὲν τοιούτους ὄντας περιοφθῆναι τοὺς πάσης ἐξειλεγμένους τῆς πόλεως, ἐκ δὲ τῶν συρφετῶν εἰς προστασίαν τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἀναληφθῆναί τινα, ὥρα σοι λοιπὸν τὸν ἀνθρακέα καλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἱερωσύνην ᾿Αλέξανδρον· καὶ μεταβάντες ἐπὶ τοῦτον, εἰ δοκεῖ, συμφωνήσωμεν πρὸς ταῦτα ἐφθέγγετο τὴν γνώμην διαβάλλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς εἰρωνικῆς ταύτης ψήφου τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ἀκρίβειαν καταμεμφόμενος. Τῷ δὲ μεγάλῳ γίνεται διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐνθύμιον, μὴ ἀθεεὶ τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον ἐν μνήμῃ τῶν ψηφιζομένων καὶ εἰρημένων γενέσθαι. Καὶ τίς οὗτος, φησὶν, ὁ Ἀλέξανδρος, οὗ τὴν μνήμην πεποίησθε Εἶτὰ τινος τῶν συμπαρόντων ἐν γέλωτι παραγαγόντος εἰς μέσον τὸν μνημονευθέντα, ῥακίοις πιναροῖς ἡμφιεσμένον, οὐδὲ ὅλῳ τῷ σώματι, καὶ ἅμα δεικνύντα τῷ φαινομένῳ τὴν ἐργασίαν χερσί τε καὶ προσώπῳ, καὶ τῷ λοιπῷ σώματι κατεῤῥυπωμένον τῇ ἐργασίᾳ τῶν ἀνθράκων, τοῖς μὲν λοιποῖς γέλωτος ἦν ὑπόθεσις, ἐν μέσοις τοιοῦτος ἑστὼς ὁ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, τῷ δὲ διορατικῷ ἐκείνῳ ὀφθαλμῷ πολλὴν παρείχεν ἔκπληξιν τὸ γινόμενόν τε καὶ ὁρώμενον· ἀνὴρ ἐν ἐσχάτῃ πενίᾳ, καὶ ἀπημελημένῳ τῷ σώματι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν βλέπων, καὶ οἷον ἐπαγαλλόμενος τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι, ὁ τοῖς ἀπαιδεύτοις ὀφθαλμοῖς ἦν ἐπιγέλαστον. Καὶ γὰρ οὕτως ἔχει. Καὶ οὐκ ἀνάγκῃ πενίας ἐπὶ τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐληλύθει βίον, ἀλλὰ καὶ φιλόσοφός τις ἦν ὁ ἀνὴρ, ὡς ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα βίος ἐγνώρισε, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὑψηλότερος, ὡς καὶ μέχρι μαρτυρίου φθάσαι, διὰ πυρὸς τελειώσας τὸν δρόμον. Τὸ δὲ λανθάνειν ἐπεχείρησεν, ἢ μᾶλλον ἐπετήδευσε, κρείττων ὑπάρχων τῆς ἐσπουδασμένης παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν εὐκληρίας, καὶ ἀντ᾽ οὐδενὸς τὸν βίον ποιούμενος, τῆς ὑψηλοτέρας τε καὶ ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων. Καὶ ὡς ἂν μάλιστα τὸν πρὸς ἀρετὴν σκοπὸν κατορθώσειε, λανθάνειν ἐμηχανᾶτο τοιοῦτος ὢν, τῷ ἀτιμοτέρῳ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων οἷον εἰδεχθεῖ προσωπείῳ ὑποκρυπτόμενος. ῎Ἄλλως δὲ, καὶ ὑπερανθῶν τῇ νεότητι, σφαλερὸν ἡγεῖτο τῷ τῆς σωφροσύνης σκοπῷ, φανερὸν ποιεῖν τὸ κάλλος τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ ἐμπομπεύων τῇ εὐκληρίᾳ τῆς φύσεως ᾔδει γάρ χαλεπῶν καταπτωμάτων ἀφορμὴν τοῖς πολλοῖς τὸ τοιοῦ-
heurethēnai tina tōn periphanesterōn tǭ biǭ ton plouton tēs psychēs hypsēloteron), hybrin ǭēthē tis tōn proestēkotōn tēs psēphou kai chleuasmon tēn toiautēn tou megalou krisin, ei, tǭ logǭ kai tǭ axiōmati kai tę̄ phainomenę̄ tou biou martyrią kekrimenōn tōn allōn, mēdenos epi tēn hierōsynēn paradechthentos, ek tōn banausōn pros toiautēn charin nomizointo tines axiōteroi; kai hama kateirōneuomenos proselthōn pros auton, Ei tauta keleueis, phēsi, toutous men toioutous ontas periophthēnai tous pasēs exeilegmenous tēs poleōs, ek de tōn syrphetōn eis prostasian tēs hierōsynēs analēphthēnai tina, hōra soi loipon ton anthrakea kalein epi tēn hierōsynēn ᾿Alexandron; kai metabantes epi touton, ei dokei, symphōnēsōmen pros tauta ephthengeto tēn gnōmēn diaballōn autou, kai dia tēs eirōnikēs tautēs psēphou tēn epi tois prolabousin akribeian katamemphomenos. Tǭ de megalǭ ginetai dia tōn eirēmenōn enthymion, mē atheei ton ᾿Alexandron en mnēmę̄ tōn psēphizomenōn kai eirēmenōn genesthai. Kai tis houtos, phēsin, ho Alexandros, hou tēn mnēmēn pepoiēsthe Eita tinos tōn symparontōn en gelōti paragagontos eis meson ton mnēmoneuthenta, rhakiois pinarois hēmphiesmenon, oude holǭ tǭ sōmati, kai hama deiknynta tǭ phainomenǭ tēn ergasian chersi te kai prosōpǭ, kai tǭ loipǭ sōmati katerrhypōmenon tę̄ ergasią tōn anthrakōn, tois men loipois gelōtos ēn hypothesis, en mesois toioutos hestōs ho ᾿Alexandros, tǭ de dioratikǭ ekeinǭ ophthalmǭ pollēn pareichen ekplēxin to ginomenon te kai horōmenon; anēr en eschatę̄ penią, kai apēmelēmenǭ tǭ sōmati pros heauton blepōn, kai hoion epagallomenos toutǭ tǭ schēmati, ho tois apaideutois ophthalmois ēn epigelaston. Kai gar houtōs echei. Kai ouk anankę̄ penias epi ton toiouton elēlythei bion, alla kai philosophos tis ēn ho anēr, hōs ho meta tauta bios egnōrise, kai tōn loipōn hypsēloteros, hōs kai mechri martyriou phthasai, dia pyros teleiōsas ton dromon. To de lanthanein epecheirēsen, ē mallon epetēdeuse, kreittōn hyparchōn tēs espoudasmenēs para tōn pollōn euklērias, kai ant᾽ oudenos ton bion poioumenos, tēs hypsēloteras te kai alēthous zōēs tēn epithymian echōn. Kai hōs an malista ton pros aretēn skopon katorthōseie, lanthanein emēchanato toioutos ōn, tǭ atimoterǭ tōn epitēdeumatōn hoion eidechthei prosōpeiǭ hypokryptomenos. ᾿Allōs de, kai hyperanthōn tę̄ neotēti, sphaleron hēgeito tǭ tēs sōphrosynēs skopǭ, phaneron poiein to kallos tou sōmatos autou, hōsper empompeuōn tę̄ euklērią tēs physeōs ę̄dei gar chalepōn kataptōmatōn aphormēn tois pollois to toiou-
someone might be found loftier in the wealth of the soul than those of more distinguished life), one of those presiding over the vote thought such a judgment of the great man an insult and a mockery, if, when the others had been chosen for eloquence and rank and the visible testimony of their lives, none of them was accepted for the priesthood, while some from among the menial workers were to be thought more worthy of such a grace. And at the same time, coming up to him in mockery, he said: “If you are ordering that these men, of such quality, chosen from the whole city, be passed over, and that someone from the riff-raff be taken up to preside in the priesthood, it is time for you to call Alexander the charcoal-burner to the priesthood; let us go over to him, if you like, and all agree on him.” So he spoke, disparaging Gregory's view and by this ironic vote finding fault with his strictness regarding the earlier candidates. But through what was said the thought came to the great man that it was not without God that Alexander had come up in the mention of those voted for and named. “And who is this Alexander,” he says, “whom you have mentioned?” Then one of those present, laughing, brought the man named into the middle, clothed in filthy rags that did not even cover his whole body, and at the same time showing his trade by his appearance, his hands and face and the rest of his body grimy from the charcoal work; for the others, Alexander standing such in their midst was a subject of laughter, but to that discerning eye what was happening and being seen gave great amazement: a man in extreme poverty and with a neglected body, looking to himself, and as it were exulting in the very appearance that was laughable to uneducated eyes. And so it was. For he had not come to such a life by the necessity of poverty; the man was a philosopher, as his later life made known, and loftier than the rest, so that he even attained martyrdom, finishing his course through fire. He tried, or rather made it his practice, to remain hidden, being superior to the good fortune pursued by the many, and counting this life as nothing, having his desire set on the higher and true life. And so that he might best succeed in his aim of virtue, he contrived to escape notice as such a man, hiding himself under the meanest of occupations as under an ugly mask. Besides, being in the full flower of youth, he thought it dangerous to the aim of chastity to make the beauty of his body visible, as if parading the good fortune of his nature; for he knew that such a thing
Chapter 937
937PG 46:937–938
Ὡς ἂν οὖν μήτε πάθοι τι τῶν ἀβουλήτων, μήτε πάθους ὑπόθεσις ἀλλοτρίοις ὀφθαλμοῖς κατασταίη, διὰ τοῦτο καθάπερ τι προσωπεῖον εἰδεχθὲς τὴν ἀνθρακοποιίαν ἑκουσίως ἑαυτῷ περιτίθησι, δι' ἧς τὸ σῶμα τοῖς πόνοις πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐγυμνάζετο, καὶ τὸ κάλλος τῷ ῥύπῳ τῶν ἀνθράκων ἐπεκαλύπτετο, καὶ ἅμα τὸ ἐκ τῶν πόνων αὐτῷ προσγινόμενον εἰς ἐντολῶν ὑπηρεσίαν ᾠκονόμητο. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν μεταστήσας αὐτὸν τοῦ συνεδρίου, καὶ πάντα τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἐπύθετο, τὸν μὲν δίδωσι τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἐντειλάμενος ἃ πράττειν ἐχρῆν αὐτὸς δὲ πάλιν καταλαβὼν τὸ συνέδριον, ἐκ τῶν ἐν χερσὶ τοὺς συνειλεγμένους ἐπαίδευε, τοὺς περὶ τῆς ἱερωσύνης αὐτοῖς λόγους παρατιθέμενος, καὶ διὰ τούτων τὸν κατ' ἀρετὴν ὑπογράφων βίον. Καὶ διῆγεν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις λόγοις παρακατέχων τὸν σύλλογον, ἕως ἐκπληρώσαντες οἱ ὑπηρετοῦντες αὐτῷ τὸ προστεταγμένον ἐπέστησαν, ἔχοντες μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον, λουτρῷ τε τὴν ἐκ τῶν ἀσβόλων ἀηδίαν ἀποκλυσάμενον, καὶ τοῖς τοῦ μεγάλου ἱματίοις ἐστολισμένον. Ταῦτα γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐντειλάμενος ποιῆσαι. Πάντων δὲ πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον ἐπιστραφέντων, καὶ θαυμαστικῶς πρὸς τὸ φαινόμενον διακειμένων, Οὐδὲν καινὸν πεπόνθατε, φησὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ διδάσκαλος, ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀπατηθέντες, καὶ τῇ αἰσθήσει μόνῃ τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ κάλλους ἐπιτρέψαντες. Σφαλερὸν γὰρ κριτήριον τῆς τῶν ὄντων ἀληθείας ἡ αἴσθησις, τὴν πρὸς τὸ βάθος τῆς διανοίας εἶσοδον δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἀποκλείουσα. "Αμα δὲ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐχθρῷ δαίμονι τοῦτο φίλον ἦν πάντως ἀργῆσαι τὸ τῆς ἐκλογῆς σκεῦος τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ συγκαλυπτόμενον, μηδὲ παρελθεῖν εἰς μέσον ἄνδρα, τῆς ἐκείνου δυναστείας καθαιρέτην ἐσόμενον. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν προσάγει τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τῆς ἱερωσύνης τὸν ἄνδρα κατά τὸν νενομισμένον τρόπον τελειώσας τῇ χάριτι. Πάντων δὲ πρὸς τὸν νέον ἱερέα ἀποβλεπόντων, προτραπείς τινα πρὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν λόγον ποιήσασθαι, ἔδειξεν εὐθὺς ἐν προοιμίοις τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁ ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἄψευστον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τοῦ μεγάλου Γρηγορίου τὴν κρίσιν. Ἦν γὰρ αὐτῷ πλήρης διανοίας ὁ λόγος, ἧττον τῷ ἄνθει κεκαλλωπισμένος τῆς λέξεως. Ὅθεν τις τῶν νέων ἀγέρωχος ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ατθίδος αὐτοῖς ἐπιχωριάζων, τὸ ἀκαλλὲς τῆς λέξεως ὑπεγέλασεν, ὅτι μὴ τῇ περιεργίᾳ τῇ Ἀττικῇ κεκαλλώπιστο· ὅν φασιν ἐκ θειοτέρας ὄψεως σωφρονισθῆναι, ἰδόντα περιστερῶν ἀγέλην ἀμηχάνῳ τινὶ διαλάμπουσαν κάλλει, καί τινος ἀκηκοέναι λέγοντος, ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τὰς περιστεράς εἶναι ταύτας, ἃς ἐν γέλωτι ἐκεῖνος πεποίηται. Τί τούτων ἄν τις πρὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου θαυμάσειε; τὸ μὴ δυσωπηθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα τῶν ἀξιωμάτων τὴν ψῆφον, καὶ μὴ συναρπασθῆναι πρὸς τὰς μαρτυρίας τῶν προεχόντων ἢ μᾶλλον τὸ θαυμάσαι τὸν ἐγκεκρυμμένον τοῖς ἄνθραξι πλοῦτον, ᾧ παραχρῆμα παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ τῆς ὀρθῆς κρίσεως μαρτυρία διὰ τῆς τοῦ ῥήτορος ἐπηκολούθησεν ὄψεως; Ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ τούτων ἑκάτερον τοιοῦτον εἶναι δοκεῖ, ὡς πρὸς ἄλληλα μὲν ἔχειν τὴν ἅμιλλαν· πάντων δὲ μικροῦ δεῖν τῶν ἐπὶ θαύματι μνημονευομένων πρωτεύειν. Τὸ τε γὰρ ἀντιβῆναι τῇ τῶν προεχόντων ὁρμῇ, τῆς
Hōs an oun mēte pathoi ti tōn aboulētōn, mēte pathous hypothesis allotriois ophthalmois katastaiē, dia touto kathaper ti prosōpeion eidechthes tēn anthrakopoiian hekousiōs heautǭ peritithēsi, di' hēs to sōma tois ponois pros aretēn egymnazeto, kai to kallos tǭ rhypǭ tōn anthrakōn epekalypteto, kai hama to ek tōn ponōn autǭ prosginomenon eis entolōn hypēresian ǭkonomēto. Epeidē toinyn metastēsas auton tou synedriou, kai panta ta kat᾿ auton meta akribeias epytheto, ton men didōsi tois peri auton enteilamenos ha prattein echrēn autos de palin katalabōn to synedrion, ek tōn en chersi tous syneilegmenous epaideue, tous peri tēs hierōsynēs autois logous paratithemenos, kai dia toutōn ton kat' aretēn hypographōn bion. Kai diēgen en tois toioutois logois parakatechōn ton syllogon, heōs ekplērōsantes hoi hypēretountes autǭ to prostetagmenon epestēsan, echontes meth᾽ heautōn ton ᾿Alexandron, loutrǭ te tēn ek tōn asbolōn aēdian apoklysamenon, kai tois tou megalou himatiois estolismenon. Tauta gar ēn autois enteilamenos poiēsai. Pantōn de pros ton ᾿Alexandron epistraphentōn, kai thaumastikōs pros to phainomenon diakeimenōn, Ouden kainon peponthate, phēsi pros autous ho didaskalos, ophthalmois apatēthentes, kai tę̄ aisthēsei monę̄ tēn krisin tou kallous epitrepsantes. Sphaleron gar kritērion tēs tōn ontōn alētheias hē aisthēsis, tēn pros to bathos tēs dianoias eisodon di᾽ heautēs apokleiousa. "Ama de kai autǭ tǭ tēs eusebeias echthrǭ daimoni touto philon ēn pantōs argēsai to tēs eklogēs skeuos tę̄ agnoią synkalyptomenon, mēde parelthein eis meson andra, tēs ekeinou dynasteias kathairetēn esomenon. Tauta eipōn prosagei tǭ Theǭ dia tēs hierōsynēs ton andra kata ton nenomismenon tropon teleiōsas tę̄ chariti. Pantōn de pros ton neon hierea apoblepontōn, protrapeis tina pros tēn ekklēsian logon poiēsasthai, edeixen euthys en prooimiois tēs archēs ho ᾿Alexandros apseuston ep᾿ autǭ tou megalou Grēgoriou tēn krisin. Ēn gar autǭ plērēs dianoias ho logos, hētton tǭ anthei kekallōpismenos tēs lexeōs. Hothen tis tōn neōn agerōchos ek tēs ᾿Atthidos autois epichōriazōn, to akalles tēs lexeōs hypegelasen, hoti mē tę̄ periergią tę̄ Attikę̄ kekallōpisto; hon phasin ek theioteras opseōs sōphronisthēnai, idonta peristerōn agelēn amēchanǭ tini dialampousan kallei, kai tinos akēkoenai legontos, ᾿Alexandrou tas peristeras einai tautas, has en gelōti ekeinos pepoiētai. Ti toutōn an tis pro tou heterou thaumaseie? to mē dysōpēthēnai ton andra tōn axiōmatōn tēn psēphon, kai mē synarpasthēnai pros tas martyrias tōn proechontōn ē mallon to thaumasai ton enkekrymmenon tois anthraxi plouton, hǭ parachrēma para tou Theou hē tēs orthēs kriseōs martyria dia tēs tou rhētoros epēkolouthēsen opseōs? Emoi men gar eph' heautou toutōn hekateron toiouton einai dokei, hōs pros allēla men echein tēn hamillan; pantōn de mikrou dein tōn epi thaumati mnēmoneuomenōn prōteuein. To te gar antibēnai tę̄ tōn proechontōn hormę̄, tēs
So that he might neither suffer anything unwanted nor become an occasion of passion to other people's eyes, he therefore willingly put on charcoal-burning like an ugly mask; through it his body was exercised by labours toward virtue and his beauty was covered by the grime of the coals, and at the same time what he gained from his labours was spent in service of the commandments. So Gregory took him aside from the assembly and inquired carefully into everything about him; then he handed him over to those around him, instructing them what they were to do, while he himself returned to the assembly and instructed those gathered from the matter at hand, setting before them discourses about the priesthood and through these sketching the life of virtue. He continued in such discourses, holding the meeting there, until his attendants, having carried out his order, came in, bringing with them Alexander, who had washed off in a bath the unpleasantness of the soot and was dressed in the great man's own clothes. For this is what he had instructed them to do. When all turned toward Alexander and were struck with wonder at what they saw, the teacher says to them: “Nothing strange has happened to you; you were deceived by your eyes and entrusted the judgment of beauty to sense alone. For sense is an unreliable test of the truth of things, since of itself it shuts off the way into the depth of the mind. And at the same time this was surely pleasing to the demon who is the enemy of godliness, that the vessel of election should lie idle, covered by ignorance, and that a man who would be the destroyer of his dominion should not come forward.” Having said this, he brings the man to God through the priesthood, consecrating him by grace in the customary manner. And when all were looking at the new priest and he was urged to address the church, Alexander showed at once, at the very beginning of his office, that the great Gregory's judgment of him did not lie. For his speech was full of meaning, though less adorned with the flower of diction. Hence one of the young men from Attica, an arrogant fellow who was staying among them, sneered at the plainness of his diction because it was not adorned with Attic elaboration; but they say he was corrected by a more divine vision: he saw a flock of doves shining with an extraordinary beauty and heard someone say that these were the doves of Alexander, whom he had made a laughing-stock. Which of these things should one admire more than the other: that the man was not put out of countenance by the vote of the dignitaries, and was not carried away by the testimonies of the prominent; or rather that he marvelled at the wealth hidden in the coals, and that God's testimony to his right judgment followed at once through the rhetorician's vision? To me each of them in itself seems such as to rival the other, and to stand first among almost all things remembered as wonders. For to stand against the impulse of the prominent
Chapter 939
939PG 46:939–940
ἀτρέπτου καὶ ὑψηλῆς διανοίας ἐναργέστατον ἐγίνετο γνώρισμα· ᾧ πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον φαινόμενα ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ καθεωρᾶτο, εἴτε πρὸς τὸ μεῖζόν τε καὶ περιφανέστερον, εἴτε καὶ πρὸς τὸ ταπεινόν τε καὶ ἀφανὲς οἰκείως εἶχε· μόνῃ δὲ νέμων τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν προτίμησιν, καὶ μόνην τὴν ἐν κακίᾳ ζωὴν κρίνων ἀπόβλητον, ἀντ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἑώρα τὰ πάντα, ὅσα κατὰ τὸν βίον ἢ σπουδῆς τινος, ἢ ἀτιμίας ἄξια κρίνεται. "Ο δὴ καὶ τότε πεποιηκὼς ἐπιδείκνυται. Ζητῶν γὰρ τὸν τῷ Θεῷ κεχαρισμένον καὶ ἄξιον εὑρεῖν, οὐκ ἀξιόπιστον εἰς μαρτυρίαν ᾠήθη πλοῦτον παραλαβεῖν καὶ ἀξίωμα, καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον περιφανείας. ὧν οὐδὲν ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν καταλόγοις ὁ θεῖος ἀπηριθμήσατο λόγος. Οὐ τοῦτο μόνον τοίνυν ἐστὶν ἐπαίνου τε καὶ θαύματος ἄξιον, τὸ μὴ προέσθαι τὰς τῶν δυναστευόντων σπουδάς· ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐφεξῆς αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ὑπερβάλλειν. Ὁ γὰρ μόνον τὴν ἀναξίαν ἀπωσάμενος ψῆφον, μὴ προσθεὶς δὲ τῇ χρείᾳ τὸ λεῖπον, τὸ μὲν κακὸν ἐκώλυσε, τὸ δὲ ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ἐποίησεν. Ὁ δὲ πρὸς τῷ μὴ συνθέσθαι τῷ χείρονι καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἐξευρών, δι' ἀμφοτέρων ἐτελείωσε τὸ ἀγαθὸν, οὔτε τῷ κακῷ συγχωρήσας τὴν πάροδον, καὶ τὸ καλὸν προσαγαγὼν εἰς ἐνέργειαν ὡς κατὰ ἀμφότερα γενέσθαι τὴν εὐεργεσίαν τοῦ μεγάλου Γρηγορίου ἐν τῇ πόλει, τὸ τε κατὰ ἄγνοιαν παρ᾿ αὐτῶν πλημμελούμενον ἐπιστρέψαντος, καὶ τὸ κεκρυμμένον παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἀγαθὸν δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ φανερώσαντος. Πάντων δὲ κατὰ γνώμην τοῦ μεγάλου προκεχωρηκότων τῇ συμμαχίᾳ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, οὐκ ἄκαιρον ἂν εἴη, καὶ τὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ πάρεργον διηγήσασθαι, ὡς ἂν διὰ πάντων ἡ συμπαροῦσα τῷ ἀνδρὶ χάρις ἐπεδείκνυτο. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἅπασι πρόδηλον ἦν, ὅτι τοῦτο πρὸ πάντων τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἐσπούδαστο τὸ πάντα πρὸς τὴν τῶν δεομένων παραμυθίαν βλέπειν· εἴτε πρὸς κέρδος ὁρῶντες ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραίων δύο τινὲς, εἴτε τινὰ μῶμον κατὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐπινοοῦντες, ὡς εὐκόλως πρὸς τὸ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι διακειμένου, παραφυλάσσουσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπάνοδον. Καὶ τούτων ὁ μὲν, τεθνάναι δόξας, ἐν ὑπτίῳ τεταμένος τῷ σχήματι, κατὰ τὸ πλάγιον τῆς λεωφόρου προέκειτο· ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἐπικωκύων δῆθεν τῷ κειμένῳ τὰς τῶν θρηνούντων φωνὰς ὑπεκρίνατο, καὶ παριόντα τὸν μέγαν ἐπεβοᾶτο, λέγων, ἀθρόως συσχεθέντα θανάτῳ τὸν δείλαιον τοῦτον, γυμνὸν κεῖσθαι καὶ πρὸς ταφὴν ἀπαράσκευον. Ἐδεῖτο τοίνυν τοῦ μεγάλου μὴ περιιδεῖν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τὴν ὁσίαν ψυχὴν, ἀλλ' οἶκτόν τινα τῆς πενίας λαβόντα παρασχεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων τὸν ἔσχατον κόσμον ἐπιβληθῆναι τῷ σώματι. Ὁ μὲν ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγων, ἱκέτευεν ὁ δὲ μελλήσας οὐδὲν, τὴν περικειμένην αὐτῷ διπλοΐδα ἐπιβαλὼν τῷ κειμένῳ, τοῦ πρόσω τῆς ὁδοιπορίας εἴχετο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ διαβάντος ἐκείνου, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἦσαν οἱ ταῦτα κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ παίξαντες, μεταβαλὼν ὁ ἀπατεὼν ἐκεῖνος τὸν ἐσχηματισμένον θρῆνον εἰς γέλωτα, διανίστασθαι τῷ κειμένῳ παρεκελεύετο, ὑφ᾽ ἡδονῆς τῷ ἐκ τῆς ἀπάτης αὐτοῖς προσγενομένῳ κέρδει ἐπι-
atreptou kai hypsēlēs dianoias enargestaton egineto gnōrisma; hǭ panta ta kata ton kosmon phainomena en tǭ homoiǭ katheōrato, eite pros to meizon te kai periphanesteron, eite kai pros to tapeinon te kai aphanes oikeiōs eiche; monę̄ de nemōn tę̄ aretę̄ tēn protimēsin, kai monēn tēn en kakią zōēn krinōn apoblēton, ant᾿ oudenos heōra ta panta, hosa kata ton bion ē spoudēs tinos, ē atimias axia krinetai. "O dē kai tote pepoiēkōs epideiknytai. Zētōn gar ton tǭ Theǭ kecharismenon kai axion heurein, ouk axiopiston eis martyrian ǭēthē plouton paralabein kai axiōma, kai tas kata ton kosmon touton periphaneias. hōn ouden en tois tōn agathōn katalogois ho theios apērithmēsato logos. Ou touto monon toinyn estin epainou te kai thaumatos axion, to mē proesthai tas tōn dynasteuontōn spoudas; alla kai dia tōn ephexēs autos heauton hyperballein. Ho gar monon tēn anaxian apōsamenos psēphon, mē prostheis de tę̄ chreią to leipon, to men kakon ekōlyse, to de agathon ouk epoiēsen. Ho de pros tǭ mē synthesthai tǭ cheironi kai to kalon exeurōn, di' amphoterōn eteleiōse to agathon, oute tǭ kakǭ synchōrēsas tēn parodon, kai to kalon prosagagōn eis energeian hōs kata amphotera genesthai tēn euergesian tou megalou Grēgoriou en tę̄ polei, to te kata agnoian par᾿ autōn plēmmeloumenon epistrepsantos, kai to kekrymmenon par᾿ autois agathon di᾽ heautou phanerōsantos. Pantōn de kata gnōmēn tou megalou prokechōrēkotōn tę̄ symmachią tou hagiou Pneumatos, ouk akairon an eiē, kai to tēs hodou parergon diēgēsasthai, hōs an dia pantōn hē symparousa tǭ andri charis epedeiknyto. Epeidē gar hapasi prodēlon ēn, hoti touto pro pantōn tǭ andri espoudasto to panta pros tēn tōn deomenōn paramythian blepein; eite pros kerdos horōntes ek tōn Hebraiōn dyo tines, eite tina mōmon kata tou andros epinoountes, hōs eukolōs pros to exapatasthai diakeimenou, paraphylassousin autou tēn epanodon. Kai toutōn ho men, tethnanai doxas, en hyptiǭ tetamenos tǭ schēmati, kata to plagion tēs leōphorou proekeito; ho de heteros epikōkyōn dēthen tǭ keimenǭ tas tōn thrēnountōn phōnas hypekrinato, kai parionta ton megan epeboato, legōn, athroōs syschethenta thanatǭ ton deilaion touton, gymnon keisthai kai pros taphēn aparaskeuon. Edeito toinyn tou megalou mē periidein ep᾿ autǭ tēn hosian psychēn, all' oikton tina tēs penias labonta paraschein ek tōn enontōn ton eschaton kosmon epiblēthēnai tǭ sōmati. Ho men tauta kai ta toiauta legōn, hiketeuen ho de mellēsas ouden, tēn perikeimenēn autǭ diploïda epibalōn tǭ keimenǭ, tou prosō tēs hodoiporias eicheto. Epei de diabantos ekeinou, eph᾽ heautōn ēsan hoi tauta kat᾿ autou paixantes, metabalōn ho apateōn ekeinos ton eschēmatismenon thrēnon eis gelōta, dianistasthai tǭ keimenǭ parekeleueto, hyph᾽ hēdonēs tǭ ek tēs apatēs autois prosgenomenǭ kerdei epi-
became the clearest mark of an unturning and lofty mind, for whom all the things that appear in the world were regarded alike, whether they tended to the greater and more distinguished or to the humble and obscure; assigning preference to virtue alone, and judging only a life in vice to be rejected, he counted as nothing all that in life is judged worthy either of pursuit or of dishonour. This is what he showed by what he did then. For seeking to find the one pleasing and worthy to God, he did not think wealth and rank and the distinctions of this world trustworthy enough to admit as testimony, none of which the divine word counted in its lists of good things. So this alone is not what is worthy of praise and wonder, that he did not give way to the efforts of the powerful, but that he also surpassed himself by what followed. For the one who merely rejects an unworthy vote, without supplying what is lacking to the need, has prevented the evil but has not done the good. But he, besides not agreeing to the worse, also found out the good, and so completed the good through both, neither allowing the evil a way in and bringing the good into action, so that the great Gregory's benefaction to the city was in both respects: he turned back the error they were committing through ignorance and brought to light, by himself, the good hidden among them. Since everything had gone forward according to the great man's mind with the alliance of the Holy Spirit, it would not be out of place to tell also an incident on the road, so that the grace present with the man may be shown through everything. Since it was plain to all that the man's first concern was to look to the comfort of those in need in everything, two of the Hebrews, either looking for gain or devising some ridicule against the man as one easily disposed to be deceived, lay in wait for his return. One of them, pretending to be dead, lay stretched out on his back at the side of the highway; the other, as if wailing over the one lying there, feigned the cries of mourners, and as the great man passed by he called out to him, saying that this wretched man had been suddenly seized by death and lay naked and unprepared for burial. He begged the great man not to neglect the holy rite for him, but, taking some pity on his poverty, to provide from what he had the last adornment to cast over the body. While the one was begging with these and similar words, the other, without delay, threw the cloak he was wearing over the man lying there and continued on his journey. When he had passed by and those who had played this trick on him were by themselves, that deceiver changed his feigned lament into laughter and bade the one lying there get up, cackling with pleasure at the gain the deception had brought them.
Chapter 941
941PG 46:941–942
καγχάζων. Ὁ δὲ ἦν ἐν ὁμοίῳ τῷ σχήματι μηδενὸς ἀκούων τῶν λεγομένων. Τοῦ δὲ γεγωνοτέρᾳ τῇ φωνῇ κεχρημένου, καὶ ἅμα τῷ ποδὶ διεγείροντος, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ὁ κείμενος, οὔτε τῆς φωνῆς ἐπήκουεν, οὔτε τῆς πληγῆς ἐπῃσθάνετο· ἀλλ᾽ ἦν ὁμοίως ἐκτεταμένος τῷ σχήματι. Νεκρὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁμοῦ τῇ ἐπιβολῇ τοῦ ἱματίου, κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ γενόμενος, ὃν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπάτῃ τοῦ μεγάλου καθυπεκρίνετο· ὥστε μὴ ψευσθῆναι τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλ' οὗ χάριν ἐδόθη παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιον, ἐν τούτῳ τοῖς λαβοῦσι γενέσθαι χρήσιμον. Εἰ δὲ σκυθρωπὸν εἶναι δοκεῖ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἔργον τῆς τοῦ μεγάλου πίστεώς τε καὶ δυνάμεως, ξενιζέσθω μηδεὶς, πρὸς τὸν μέγαν Πέτρον ὁρῶν. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος, οὐ δι᾽ ὧν εὐηργέτει μόνον τὴν προσοῦσαν ἐπεδείκνυτο δύναμιν, τὸν ἐκ γεννητῆς χωλὸν τρέχοντα τῷ λαῷ δεικνύων καὶ διαλλόμενον, ἢ τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ ἰδίου σώματος ἰατρεύων τῶν ἀῤῥωστούντων τὰ πάθη, οἷς ἂν ἐπήγαγε κατὰ τὴν πάροδον τοῦ ἀποστόλου διὰ πλαγίου τῷ σώματι προσβάλλων ὁ ἥλιος· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ᾿Ανανίου πρὸς τὴν ἐνοικοῦσαν τῷ ἀποστόλῳ δύναμιν καταφρονητικῶς διατεθέντος καταδικάζει τὸν θάνατον· ὡς ἂν, οἶμαι, τῷ κατ' ἐκεῖνον φόβῳ πᾶν τὸ καταφρονοῦν ἐν τῷ λαῷ σωφρονέστερον γένηται τῷ φοβερῷ ὑποδείγματι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐγγενέσθαι παιδαγωγούμενον. Εἰκότως τοίνυν ὁ μιμητὴς τοῦ Πέτρου διὰ πολλῶν τῶν κατὰ τὰς εὐεργεσίας θαυμάτων δείξας τὸ τῆς δυνάμεως μέγεθος, καὶ τὸν κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος χρήσασθαι τῇ ἀπάτῃ ἐπιχειρήσαντα ἀληθεῦσαι περὶ αὐτοῦ παρεσκεύασεν. Ἔδει γὰρ, οἶμαι, τὸν καθαιρέτην τοῦ ψεύδους, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀπατεῶνι τὸ ψεῦδος μεταλλάττειν εἰς ἀλήθειαν, ὡς ἂν ἅπασι διὰ τοῦτο γένοιτο δῆλον, ὅτι καὶ πᾶν τὸ παρὰ τοῦ μεγάλου λεγόμενον ἀληθὲς ἦν, καὶ ὅπερ ἂν ὡς ἀληθὲς παρεδέξατο, ψεῦδος οὐκ ἦν. Οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι κατὰ τὸν ῥηθέντα τρόπον τῆς τοῦ μεγάλου δυνάμεως, ὡς ἐνόμισαν, καταπαίξαντες, παίδευμα τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐγένοντο, μὴ κατατολμᾷν τῆς ἀπάτης, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ὁ Θεὸς γίνεται τῶν τολμηθέντων κατήγορος. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ συλλόγου τινὸς κατὰ τὸ ὕπαιθρον ἔν τινι τῶν κατὰ τὴν χώραν τόπων γεγενημένου ποτὲ, καὶ πάντων θαυμαστικῶς διακειμένων πρὸς τὰ διδάγματα, μειράκιόν τι πρὸς τοὺς συνεστῶτας ἐβόα, μὴ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα τὸν διδάσκαλον λέγειν, ἀλλ᾿ ἕτερον αὐτῷ παρεστῶτα διεξιέναι τοὺς λόγους. Προσαχθέντος δὲ τοῦ παιδὸς μετὰ τὸ διαλυθῆναι τὸν σύλλογον, εἰπεῖν λέγεται πρὸς τοὺς παρόντας τὸν μέγαν, μὴ καθαρεύειν ἐκ δαίμονος τὸ μειράκιον· καὶ ἅμα περιελόμενον ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ἐπὶ τὸν ὦμον ὀθόνιον, καὶ παραθέντα τῷ ἄσθματι τοῦ ἰδίου στόματος, οὕτως ἐπιῤῥίψαι τῷ νέῳ. Γενομένου δὲ τούτου, ταράσσεσθαι ἤρξατο καὶ ἀναβοᾷν τὸ μειράκιον, καὶ καταπίπτειν καὶ διαῤῥιπτεῖσθαι, καὶ πάντα πάσχειν τὰ ἐκ δαιμόνων πάθη. Εἶτα ἐπιβαλόντος τοῦ ἁγίου τὴν χεῖρα, καὶ τὴν ταραχὴν κατευνάσαντος, ἀποπτῆναι μὲν αὐτοῦ τὸ δαιμόνιον, τὸν δὲ πάλιν ἐν καταστάσει γενόμενον, μηκέτι λέγειν ὁρᾶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁγίου τὸν συμφθεγ-
kanchazōn. Ho de ēn en homoiǭ tǭ schēmati mēdenos akouōn tōn legomenōn. Tou de gegōnoterą tę̄ phōnę̄ kechrēmenou, kai hama tǭ podi diegeirontos, ouden mallon ho keimenos, oute tēs phōnēs epēkouen, oute tēs plēgēs epę̄sthaneto; all᾽ ēn homoiōs ektetamenos tǭ schēmati. Nekros gar ēn homou tę̄ epibolę̄ tou himatiou, kata alētheian en tǭ thanatǭ genomenos, hon epi tę̄ apatę̄ tou megalou kathypekrineto; hōste mē pseusthēnai ton tou Theou anthrōpon, all' hou charin edothē par᾿ autou to himation, en toutǭ tois labousi genesthai chrēsimon. Ei de skythrōpon einai dokei to toiouton ergon tēs tou megalou pisteōs te kai dynameōs, xenizesthō mēdeis, pros ton megan Petron horōn. Kai gar ekeinos, ou di᾽ hōn euērgetei monon tēn prosousan epedeiknyto dynamin, ton ek gennētēs chōlon trechonta tǭ laǭ deiknyōn kai diallomenon, ē tę̄ skią tou idiou sōmatos iatreuōn tōn arrhōstountōn ta pathē, hois an epēgage kata tēn parodon tou apostolou dia plagiou tǭ sōmati prosballōn ho hēlios; alla kai tou ᾿Ananiou pros tēn enoikousan tǭ apostolǭ dynamin kataphronētikōs diatethentos katadikazei ton thanaton; hōs an, oimai, tǭ kat' ekeinon phobǭ pan to kataphronoun en tǭ laǭ sōphronesteron genētai tǭ phoberǭ hypodeigmati, pros to mē tois autois engenesthai paidagōgoumenon. Eikotōs toinyn ho mimētēs tou Petrou dia pollōn tōn kata tas euergesias thaumatōn deixas to tēs dynameōs megethos, kai ton kata tou Pneumatos chrēsasthai tę̄ apatę̄ epicheirēsanta alētheusai peri autou pareskeuasen. Edei gar, oimai, ton kathairetēn tou pseudous, kai en tǭ apateōni to pseudos metallattein eis alētheian, hōs an hapasi dia touto genoito dēlon, hoti kai pan to para tou megalou legomenon alēthes ēn, kai hoper an hōs alēthes paredexato, pseudos ouk ēn. Hoi men oun Ioudaioi kata ton rhēthenta tropon tēs tou megalou dynameōs, hōs enomisan, katapaixantes, paideuma tois allois egenonto, mē katatolmąn tēs apatēs, eph᾽ hōn ho Theos ginetai tōn tolmēthentōn katēgoros. Meta tauta de syllogou tinos kata to hypaithron en tini tōn kata tēn chōran topōn gegenēmenou pote, kai pantōn thaumastikōs diakeimenōn pros ta didagmata, meirakion ti pros tous synestōtas eboa, mē par᾿ autou tauta ton didaskalon legein, all᾿ heteron autǭ parestōta diexienai tous logous. Prosachthentos de tou paidos meta to dialythēnai ton syllogon, eipein legetai pros tous parontas ton megan, mē kathareuein ek daimonos to meirakion; kai hama perielomenon heautou to epi ton ōmon othonion, kai parathenta tǭ asthmati tou idiou stomatos, houtōs epirrhipsai tǭ neǭ. Genomenou de toutou, tarassesthai ērxato kai anaboąn to meirakion, kai katapiptein kai diarrhipteisthai, kai panta paschein ta ek daimonōn pathē. Eita epibalontos tou hagiou tēn cheira, kai tēn tarachēn kateunasantos, apoptēnai men autou to daimonion, ton de palin en katastasei genomenon, mēketi legein horan epi tou hagiou ton symphtheg-
But the other stayed in the same posture, hearing nothing of what was said. When he used a louder voice and at the same time tried to rouse him with his foot, the one lying there no more heard the voice or felt the blow, but lay stretched out in the same posture. For he had died at the moment the cloak was thrown over him, having come in truth into the death he was feigning to deceive the great man; so that the man of God was not deceived, but the cloak became useful to those who received it for the very purpose for which he had given it. If such a work of the great man's faith and power seems grim, let no one be surprised, looking to the great Peter. For he too showed the power that was in him not only by his benefactions, showing the people the man lame from birth running and leaping, or healing the sufferings of the sick by the shadow of his body, cast on those the sun fell upon sideways as the apostle passed by; but when Ananias was contemptuously disposed toward the power that dwelt in the apostle, he condemns him to death, so that, I think, by the fear his case caused, everything contemptuous among the people might be brought to its senses by the fearful example, being taught not to fall into the same things. Fittingly, then, the imitator of Peter, having shown the greatness of his power through many wonders of benefaction, also made the one who tried to use deceit against the Spirit tell the truth about himself. For it was fitting, I think, that the destroyer of falsehood should change falsehood into truth even in the deceiver, so that it might become clear to all through this that everything said by the great man was true, and that whatever he accepted as true was no falsehood. So the Jews who in the way described mocked, as they thought, the great man's power became a lesson to others not to venture on deception against those for whom God becomes the accuser of what has been dared. After this, once, when an open-air gathering was held in one of the places of the country and all were struck with wonder at his teachings, a youth shouted to those standing around that it was not the teacher who was saying these things, but another standing beside him who was going through the words. When the boy was brought to him after the gathering broke up, the great man is said to have told those present that the youth was not free of a demon; and at the same time he took off the linen cloth from his shoulder, held it to the breath of his own mouth, and so threw it over the young man. When this was done, the youth began to be agitated and to shout, to fall down and toss about, and to suffer all the afflictions that come from demons. Then, when the saint laid his hand on him and calmed the agitation, the demon flew out of him, and he, restored to his right state, no longer said he saw beside the saint the one speaking with
Chapter 943
943PG 46:943–944
γόμενον. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ τοῦτο τῶν μεγάλων ἐκείνου θαυμάτων ἐστὶ, τὸ μηδεμιᾷ τινι περιεργίᾳ τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἰάσεις ἐπιτελεῖν θαύματα· ἀλλ᾽ ἀρκεῖν πρός τε τὴν τῶν δαιμόνων ἀπαλλαγὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἴασιν τῶν ἀῤῥωστημάτων τοῦ σώματος τὸ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἆσθμα διὰ τῆς ὀθόνης τῷ κάμνοντι προσαγόμενον. Ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πᾶσιν ἐφεξῆς τοῖς παρ' ἐκείνου θαύμασιν ἐπεξιέναι, μακρᾶς εἴη συγγραφῆς, καὶ λόγου τὴν παροῦσαν σχολὴν ὑπερβαίνοντος ἑνὸς δὲ ἢ δυοῖν ἔτι τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγομένων ἐπιμνησθεὶς, ἐν τούτοις περιγράψω τὸν λόγον. Πανταχοῦ γὰρ ἤδη διαπεφοιτηκότος τοῦ θείου κηρύγματος, καὶ πάντων κατά τε τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὴν περίοικον, πρὸς τὴν εὐσεβῆ τοῦ δόγματος πίστιν μετατεθέντων, βωμῶν τε καὶ ἱερῶν καὶ εἰδώλων ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀνατετραμμένων, καθαρθείσης δὲ ἤδη τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς τῶν περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα μιασμάτων, καὶ τῆς μιαρᾶς τῶν θυσιῶν κνίσσης ἀποσβεσθείσης, καὶ τοῦ ἐπιβωμίου λύθρου καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ζωοθυσίας μολυσμάτων ἀποκλυσθέντων πάντων δὲ κατὰ τόπον πάντα εὐκτηρίους ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατὰ σπουδὴν ναοὺς ἀνεγειρόντων, θυμὸς καὶ φθόνος εἰσέρχεται τῷ τηνικαῦτα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπιστατοῦντι, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἡμελεῖτο μὲν αὐτοῦ τὰ πάτρια τῆς ἀπάτης σεβάσματα, ηὐξεῖτο δὲ τῶν Χριστιανῶν τὸ μυστήριον, καὶ εἰς πλῆθος ἐπεδίδου πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἡ Ἐκκλησία, διὰ τῶν ἀεὶ προστιθεμένων τῷ λόγῳ, πρὸς μέγεθος αὔξουσα· καὶ νομίσας δυνατὸν εἶναι τῇ θείᾳ δυνάμει τὴν ἰδίαν ἀντιστῆσαι πικρίαν, καὶ ἐπισχεῖν μὲν τοῦ μυστηρίου τὸ κήρυγμα, καταλῦσαι δὲ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν τὰ συστήματα, μεταστῆσαι δὲ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ εἴδωλα τοὺς προκεχωρηκότας τῷ λόγῳ· πέμπει τοίνυν πρὸς τοὺς τῶν ἐθνῶν καθηγουμένους πρόσταγμα, φοβερὰν κατ' αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπειλὴν τῆς τιμωρίας ὁρίζων, εἰ μὴ παντοίοις αἰκισμοῖς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ προσκυνοῦντας διαλωβήσοιντο, καὶ προσαγάγοιεν πάλιν αὐτοὺς φόβῳ τε καὶ τῇ τῶν αἰκισμῶν ἀνάγκῃ τῇ πατρώᾳ τῶν δαιμόνων λατρείᾳ. Ὡς δὲ περιηγγέλθη τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὰ φοβερὸν τοῦτο καὶ ἄθεον κήρυγμα, πανταχοῦ τῆς ἀρχῆς διαπεφοιτηκότων τῶν εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς τυραννικῆς τεταγμένων ὠμότητος· καί τις ἐπεκράτει τοῦ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἔθνους τοιοῦτος, ὡς μηδὲν τῆς ὑπερκειμένης ἐξουσίας δεηθῆναι, οἴκοθεν ἔχων ἐκ φύσεως τὴν ὠμότητά τε πρὸς τὴν πονηρὰν ὁρμὴν καὶ πικρότητα, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας τῷ λόγῳ δυσμένειαν· καὶ γίνεται παρ' αὐτοῦ φοβερὸν ἐν δημοσίοις διατάγμασι, τὸ δεῖν ἐξάμνυσθαι τὴν πίστιν, ἢ τιμωρίαις παντοδαπαῖς καὶ θανάτοις κολάζεσθαι. Καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν ἕτερον τηνικαῦτα δημόσιόν τε καὶ ἴδιον παρὰ τῶν τὰ κοινὰ διὰ χειρὸς ἐχόντων γινόμενόν τε καὶ σπουδαζόμενον, πλὴν τοῦ πολιορκεῖν τε καὶ τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀντεχομένους τῆς πίστεως. Ἦν δὲ οὐκ ἐν ταῖς τῶν λεγομένων ἀπειλαῖς μόνον τὰ φόβητρα, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τούτων ἡ ποικίλη τῶν κολαστηρίων κατασκευὴ πᾶσαν ἐπῆγε κατάπληξιν, καὶ
gomenon. Kai gar dē kai touto tōn megalōn ekeinou thaumatōn esti, to mēdemią tini periergią ta kata tas iaseis epitelein thaumata; all᾽ arkein pros te tēn tōn daimonōn apallagēn, kai pros tēn iasin tōn arrhōstēmatōn tou sōmatos to ek tou stomatos autou asthma dia tēs othonēs tǭ kamnonti prosagomenon. Alla to men pasin ephexēs tois par' ekeinou thaumasin epexienai, makras eiē syngraphēs, kai logou tēn parousan scholēn hyperbainontos henos de ē dyoin eti tōn peri autou legomenōn epimnēstheis, en toutois perigrapsō ton logon. Pantachou gar ēdē diapephoitēkotos tou theiou kērygmatos, kai pantōn kata te tēn polin, kai tēn perioikon, pros tēn eusebē tou dogmatos pistin metatethentōn, bōmōn te kai hierōn kai eidōlōn en autois anatetrammenōn, kathartheisēs de ēdē tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs tōn peri ta eidōla miasmatōn, kai tēs miaras tōn thysiōn knissēs aposbestheisēs, kai tou epibōmiou lythrou kai tōn ek tēs zōothysias molysmatōn apoklysthentōn pantōn de kata topon panta euktērious epi tǭ onomati tou Christou kata spoudēn naous anegeirontōn, thymos kai phthonos eiserchetai tǭ tēnikauta tēs archēs tōn Rhōmaiōn epistatounti, eph᾽ hois hēmeleito men autou ta patria tēs apatēs sebasmata, ēuxeito de tōn Christianōn to mystērion, kai eis plēthos epedidou pantachou tēs oikoumenēs hē Ekklēsia, dia tōn aei prostithemenōn tǭ logǭ, pros megethos auxousa; kai nomisas dynaton einai tę̄ theią dynamei tēn idian antistēsai pikrian, kai epischein men tou mystēriou to kērygma, katalysai de tōn Ekklēsiōn ta systēmata, metastēsai de palin epi ta eidōla tous prokechōrēkotas tǭ logǭ; pempei toinyn pros tous tōn ethnōn kathēgoumenous prostagma, phoberan kat' autōn tēn apeilēn tēs timōrias horizōn, ei mē pantoiois aikismois to onoma tou Christou proskynountas dialōbēsointo, kai prosagagoien palin autous phobǭ te kai tę̄ tōn aikismōn anankę̄ tę̄ patrōą tōn daimonōn latreią. Hōs de periēngelthē tois archousi ta phoberon touto kai atheon kērygma, pantachou tēs archēs diapephoitēkotōn tōn eis auto touto para tēs tyrannikēs tetagmenōn ōmotētos; kai tis epekratei tou kata ton topon ethnous toioutos, hōs mēden tēs hyperkeimenēs exousias deēthēnai, oikothen echōn ek physeōs tēn ōmotēta te pros tēn ponēran hormēn kai pikrotēta, kai tēn pros tous pepisteukotas tǭ logǭ dysmeneian; kai ginetai par' autou phoberon en dēmosiois diatagmasi, to dein examnysthai tēn pistin, ē timōriais pantodapais kai thanatois kolazesthai. Kai ouden ēn heteron tēnikauta dēmosion te kai idion para tōn ta koina dia cheiros echontōn ginomenon te kai spoudazomenon, plēn tou poliorkein te kai timōreisthai tous antechomenous tēs pisteōs. Ēn de ouk en tais tōn legomenōn apeilais monon ta phobētra, alla meta toutōn hē poikilē tōn kolastēriōn kataskeuē pasan epēge kataplēxin, kai
him. For this too is one of his great wonders, that he performed the wonders of healing with no elaborate means, but that for the expulsion of demons and the healing of bodily illnesses the breath of his mouth, brought to the sufferer through the linen cloth, was enough. But to go through all his wonders in turn would take a long work and a speech beyond the leisure we now have; so I will mention one or two more of the things told about him, and with these I will bring my speech to a close. The divine preaching had by now spread everywhere, and all in the city and the region around had been converted to the godly faith of the doctrine; altars and temples and idols among them had been overturned, human life had already been cleansed of the pollutions surrounding idols, the foul fumes of sacrifices had been quenched, and the gore on the altars and the defilements from animal sacrifice had been washed away; and everywhere, place by place, all were zealously raising houses of prayer in the name of Christ. Then anger and envy entered the man who at that time presided over the rule of the Romans, because the ancestral objects of worship of his deceit were being neglected, while the mystery of the Christians was growing and the church was increasing in number throughout the inhabited world, rising to greatness through those who were constantly being added to the word. Thinking it possible to set his own bitterness against the divine power, and to stop the preaching of the mystery, to dissolve the assemblies of the churches, and to bring back to the idols those who had gone over to the word, he sends an order to the governors of the provinces, fixing a fearful threat of punishment against them unless they maltreated with all kinds of tortures those who worshipped the name of Christ and brought them back again by fear and the compulsion of tortures to the ancestral worship of the demons. When this fearful and godless proclamation had been announced to the governors, those appointed for this very purpose by the tyrant's cruelty having gone everywhere through the empire, there was a man ruling the province of that place who was such that he needed nothing from the higher authority, having cruelty at home by nature for his wicked impulse and bitterness and his hostility to those who believed the word. And he issues a fearful decree in public edicts: that they must abjure the faith or be punished with every kind of punishment and death. At that time nothing else, public or private, was done or pursued by those who had public affairs in hand except besieging and punishing those who held to the faith. Nor did the terrors lie only in the threats of words; along with them the varied array of instruments of punishment brought utter dismay, and
Chapter 945
945PG 46:945–946
πρὸ τῆς πείρας ἐμποιοῦσα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸν φόβον. Ξίφη τε καὶ πῦρ, καὶ θηρία, καὶ βόθροι καὶ τὰ στρεβλωτικὰ τῶν μελῶν ὄργανα καὶ σιδηραῖ κατὰ πυρὸς καθέδραι, καὶ ξύλα ὄρθια, οἷς ἐντεινόμενα τῶν ἐνισταμένων τὰ σώματα ταῖς τῶν φοβερῶν ὀνύχων προσβολαίς κατεξαίνετο, καὶ ἄλλα μυρία πρὸς τὰς πολυειδεῖς βασάνους τῶν σωμάτων ἐξευρημένα παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐπενοεῖτο καὶ σπουδὴ τοῖς τῶν ἐξουσιῶν τούτων ἐπειλημμένοις ἦν μία, τὸ μηδένα τοῦ ἑτέρου ἐν ὑπερβολῇ πικρίας ἐπιδειχθῆναι πραότερον. Καὶ οἱ μὲν εἰσήγγελλον· οἱ δὲ ἐπεδείκνυον· οἱ δὲ ἠρεύνων τοὺς κεκρυμμένους. ῎Ἄλλοι τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἐπετίθεντο· ἄλλοι δὲ πρὸς τὰς κτήσεις τῶν πιστῶν ὁρῶντες, ὡς ἂν ἐγκρατεῖς γένοιντο τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐπὶ τῷ προσχήματι τῆς εὐσεβείας ἤλαυνον τοὺς ἀντεχομένους τῆς πίστεως. Σύγχυσις δὲ ἦν πᾶσα κατὰ τὸ ἔθνος καὶ ἀμηχανία πολλή, πάντων ἀλλήλοις δι' ὑποψίας ὄντων, οὐ πατράσι τῆς παρὰ τῶν τέκνων εὐνοίας ἐν τοῖς φοβεροῖς παραμενούσης, οὐ παισὶ τὸ πιστὸν τῆς πατρικῆς κηδεμονίας ἐγγυωμένης τῆς φύσεως. Ἐμερίζετο δὲ κατ᾿ ἀλλήλων τὰ γένη πρὸς τὰς θρησκείας σχιζόμενα. Καὶ παῖς Ἑλληνίζων πιστῶν γονέων προδότης ἐγίνετο· καὶ κατὰ παιδὸς πεπιστευκότος ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ μένων ὁ πατὴρ κατήγορος ἦν. Καὶ ἀδελφὸς ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας ἐπολέμει τῇ φύσει, ὅσιον κρίνων τὸν ὁμογενῆ τιμωρήσασθαι, εἰ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἀντέχοιτο. Ἐντεῦθεν πλήρεις μὲν ἦσαν αἱ ἐρημίαι τῶν ἐλαυνομένων, κεναὶ δὲ τῶν οἰκητόρων αἱ οἰκίαι. Πολλὰ δὲ τῶν δημοσίων οἰκημάτων, ταῖς τῶν καθειργνυμένων ἀπετέτακτο χρείαις. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἱκανὰ τὰ δεσμωτήρια χωρεῖν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τῶν διὰ τὴν πίστιν τιμωρουμένων τὸ πλῆθος. ᾿Αγοραί τε πᾶσαι καὶ σύλλογοι, κοινοί τε καὶ ἰδιάζοντες, ἀντὶ τῆς συνήθους φαιδρότητος, τὰς τοιαύτας μετελάμβανον συμφορὰς, τῶν μὲν ἐφελκομένων, τῶν δὲ ἀπαγομένων· ἄλλων ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις ἢ γελώντων ἢ δακρυόντων οὐ νηπίων ἦν ἔλεος, οὐ τιμὴ πολιᾶς, οὐκ ἀρετῆς αἰδὼς εἰσῄει τοῖς δυσμενέσιν· ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ, πᾶσα ἡλικία τοῖς πολεμίοις τῆς πίστεως ἔκδοτος ἦν. Οὐδὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἐδίδου ἡ φυσικὴ τοῦ γένους ἀσθένεια, τῶν τοιούτων ἀναγκῶν ἐκτὸς μένειν· ἀλλ' εἷς ἦν κατὰ πάντων ὁ τῆς ὡμότητος νόμος, ἴσῳ τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς τιμωρίας τῶν γινομένων ὑπάγων τὸν τῶν εἰδώλων ἀλλοτριούμενον, μὴ διακρίνων τὴν φύσιν. Τότε οὖν ἰδὼν ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως τὴν ἀσθένειαν, ὡς οὐ δυναμένων τῶν πολλῶν μέχρι τοῦ θανάτου τῆς εὐσεβείας προαγωνίσασθαι, σύμβουλος γίνεται τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ μικρὸν ὑποχωρῆσαι τῇ φοβερᾷ προσβολῇ, κρεῖττον εἶναι ἡγούμενος διὰ φυγῆς τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν περισώσασθαι, ἢ ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν ἀγώνων παρατάξεως, λιποτάκτους γενέσθαι τῆς πίστεως· καὶ ὡς ἂν μάλιστα πεισθεῖεν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, μηδένα κίνδυνον φέρειν τῇ ψυχῇ, τὸ τὴν πίστιν διὰ φυγῆς περισώσασθαι, τῷ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ὑποδείγματι, σύμβουλος τῆς ἀναχωρήσεως γίνεται αὐτὸς πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναχωρήσας τῇ τοῦ κινδύνου φορᾷ· ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς κρατοῦσι διὰ σπουδῆς μάλιστα ἦν, τὸ δι᾽ ἐκείνου καθάπερ στρατηγοῦ χειρωθέντος, πᾶσαν διαλῦσαι τῆς πίστεως τὴν παράταξιν, καὶ τούτου
pro tēs peiras empoiousa tois anthrōpois ton phobon. Xiphē te kai pyr, kai thēria, kai bothroi kai ta streblōtika tōn melōn organa kai sidērai kata pyros kathedrai, kai xyla orthia, hois enteinomena tōn enistamenōn ta sōmata tais tōn phoberōn onychōn prosbolais katexaineto, kai alla myria pros tas polyeideis basanous tōn sōmatōn exeurēmena par' autois epenoeito kai spoudē tois tōn exousiōn toutōn epeilēmmenois ēn mia, to mēdena tou heterou en hyperbolę̄ pikrias epideichthēnai praoteron. Kai hoi men eisēngellon; hoi de epedeiknyon; hoi de ēreunōn tous kekrymmenous. ᾿Alloi tois pheugousin epetithento; alloi de pros tas ktēseis tōn pistōn horōntes, hōs an enkrateis genointo tōn pragmatōn, epi tǭ proschēmati tēs eusebeias ēlaunon tous antechomenous tēs pisteōs. Synchysis de ēn pasa kata to ethnos kai amēchania pollē, pantōn allēlois di' hypopsias ontōn, ou patrasi tēs para tōn teknōn eunoias en tois phoberois paramenousēs, ou paisi to piston tēs patrikēs kēdemonias engyōmenēs tēs physeōs. Emerizeto de kat᾿ allēlōn ta genē pros tas thrēskeias schizomena. Kai pais Hellēnizōn pistōn goneōn prodotēs egineto; kai kata paidos pepisteukotos en apistią menōn ho patēr katēgoros ēn. Kai adelphos ek tēs autēs aitias epolemei tę̄ physei, hosion krinōn ton homogenē timōrēsasthai, ei tēs eusebeias antechoito. Enteuthen plēreis men ēsan hai erēmiai tōn elaunomenōn, kenai de tōn oikētorōn hai oikiai. Polla de tōn dēmosiōn oikēmatōn, tais tōn katheirgnymenōn apetetakto chreiais. Ou gar ēn hikana ta desmōtēria chōrein en heautois tōn dia tēn pistin timōroumenōn to plēthos. ᾿Agorai te pasai kai syllogoi, koinoi te kai idiazontes, anti tēs synēthous phaidrotētos, tas toiautas metelambanon symphoras, tōn men ephelkomenōn, tōn de apagomenōn; allōn epi tois ginomenois ē gelōntōn ē dakryontōn ou nēpiōn ēn eleos, ou timē polias, ouk aretēs aidōs eisę̄ei tois dysmenesin; all᾽ hōs en aichmalōsią, pasa hēlikia tois polemiois tēs pisteōs ekdotos ēn. Oude tais gynaixin edidou hē physikē tou genous astheneia, tōn toioutōn anankōn ektos menein; all' heis ēn kata pantōn ho tēs hōmotētos nomos, isǭ tǭ metrǭ tēs timōrias tōn ginomenōn hypagōn ton tōn eidōlōn allotrioumenon, mē diakrinōn tēn physin. Tote oun idōn ho megas ekeinos tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs tēn astheneian, hōs ou dynamenōn tōn pollōn mechri tou thanatou tēs eusebeias proagōnisasthai, symboulos ginetai tę̄ Ekklēsią mikron hypochōrēsai tę̄ phoberą prosbolę̄, kreitton einai hēgoumenos dia phygēs tas psychas autōn perisōsasthai, ē hestōtas epi tēs tōn agōnōn parataxeōs, lipotaktous genesthai tēs pisteōs; kai hōs an malista peistheien hoi anthrōpoi, mēdena kindynon pherein tę̄ psychę̄, to tēn pistin dia phygēs perisōsasthai, tǭ kath' heauton hypodeigmati, symboulos tēs anachōrēseōs ginetai autos pro tōn allōn anachōrēsas tę̄ tou kindynou phorą; hama de kai touto tois kratousi dia spoudēs malista ēn, to di᾽ ekeinou kathaper stratēgou cheirōthentos, pasan dialysai tēs pisteōs tēn parataxin, kai toutou
produced fear in people before they had experienced them. Swords and fire and beasts and pits, and instruments for racking the limbs, and iron chairs over fire, and upright stakes on which the bodies of those who resisted were stretched and torn by the strokes of fearful claws, and countless other things devised by them for the many kinds of torture of bodies were contrived; and those who held these offices had one zeal: that none should be shown milder than another in excess of bitterness. Some informed; others pointed out; others searched for those in hiding. Others set upon those who fled; others, eyeing the possessions of the faithful, harried those who held to the faith under the pretext of piety, so as to get control of their property. There was complete confusion throughout the province and great helplessness, all being suspicious of one another: for fathers the goodwill of their children did not last through the terrors, nor did nature guarantee to children the faithfulness of fatherly care. Families were divided against one another, split over their religion. A son who held to Hellenism became the betrayer of his believing parents; and a father who remained in unbelief was the accuser of his son who had believed. And a brother for the same reason made war on nature, judging it a holy act to punish his own kin if he held to godliness. As a result the deserts were full of those driven out, and the houses empty of their inhabitants. Many of the public buildings had been set apart for the needs of those imprisoned; for the prisons were not able to hold the multitude of those punished for the faith. All the marketplaces and gatherings, public and private, instead of their usual cheerfulness, took on such calamities, some people being dragged off and others led away, others laughing or weeping at what was happening. There was no pity for infants, no honour for grey hair, no respect for virtue came over the enemies; but, as in captivity, every age was surrendered to the enemies of the faith. Nor did the natural weakness of their sex allow women to remain outside such compulsions; there was one law of cruelty against all, subjecting the one estranged from the idols to an equal measure of punishment for what was done, without distinguishing nature. Then that great man, seeing the weakness of human nature, that the many were not able to contend for godliness to the point of death, counsels the church to withdraw a little before the fearful attack, thinking it better for them to save their souls by flight than to stand in the battle line of the contests and become deserters of the faith. And so that people might be most fully persuaded that saving the faith by flight brought no danger to the soul, he counsels withdrawal by his own example, himself withdrawing before the others from the onrush of the danger. At the same time this was above all the concern of the rulers, that by subduing him as a general they might break up the whole battle line of the faith; and for this
Chapter 947
947PG 46:947–948
χάριν ἐκεῖνον ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιήσασθαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς διεσπούδαστο. Ὁ δὲ ἦν ἔρημόν τινα καταλαβὼν λοφιὰν, ἔχων μεθ' ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἐκ νεωκόρου κατ᾿ ἀρχὰς προσαχθέντα τῇ πίστει, ἤδη τῇ χάριτι τῆς διακονίας ὑπηρετούμενον. Τῶν δὲ διωκόντων κατ᾿ ἔχνος ἑπομένων ἐν πλήθει πολλῷ, μηνύσαντος αὐτοῖς τὸν τόπον τινὸς ἐν ᾧ κατεκρύπτετο· οἱ μὲν ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν ὑπώρειαν τῆς λοφιᾶς διαλαβόντες ἐφύλαττον, ὅπως ἂν μηδαμόθεν αὐτῷ γένοιτο διαφυγεῖν, εἴπερ εἰς τοῦτο τραπείη οἱ δὲ προσβάντες τῷ ὄρει, κατὰ πᾶν μέρος διερευνώμενοι, ἤδη καταφανεῖς ἐγίνοντο τῷ μεγάλῳ, κατ᾿ εὐθεῖαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνατρέχοντες. Ἐκεῖνος δὲ διακελευσάμενος τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, στερεᾷ τε καὶ ἀδιστάκτῳ τῇ πεποιθήσει στῆναι πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ καταπιστεῦσαι τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτῷ, τὰς χεῖρας εἰς προσευχὴν ἀνατείναντα, καὶ μηδὲ εἰ πλησίον γένοιντο οἱ διώκοντες ἐκκρουσθῆναι τῷ φόβῳ τὴν πίστιν· ὑπόδειγμα δὲ τῆς παραγγελίας ἑαυτὸν ἐποίει τῷ διακόνῳ, βλέπων τε πρὸς οὐρανὸν ἀμετατρέπτῳ ὄμματι, καὶ τεταμέναις ταῖς χερσὶν ἐν ὀρθίῳ τῷ σχήματι· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν. Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀναδραμόντες, πανταχῆ τὸν τόπον περισκεψάμενοι, καὶ πᾶσαν ἔνστασιν θάμνου, καὶ πᾶσαν πέτρας προσβολὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐκ χαράδρας κοιλότητα μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας διερευνησάμενοι, πάλιν τὴν ὑπώρειαν καταλαμβάνουσιν, ὡς φόβῳ τῶν διερευνωμένων εἰς φυγὴν τραπόντων τοῖς κάτω περιεστοιχισμένοις ὑπὸ χεῖρα γενέσθαι. Ὡς οὖν οὔτε παρὰ τούτων εὑρέθη, καὶ παρ' ἐκείνοις οὐκ ἦν· ὁ δὲ τὸν τόπον τῆς τοῦ μεγάλου διαγωγῆς κατασκεψάμενος σημείοις ὑπέγραφεν, ἐν ᾧ διεβεβαιοῦντο οἱ ζητοῦντες μηδένα ἑωρακέναι, πλὴν εἰ μὴ δύο δένδρα μόνον μικρὸν ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων διεστηκότα. ᾿Ανακεχωρηκότων δὲ τῶν ζητούντων, ὑπολειφθεὶς ὁ μηνυτὴς, καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐν προσευχῇ αὐτόν τε τὸν μέγαν καὶ τὸν σὺν αὐτῷ, καὶ γνοὺς τὴν θείαν φρουράν, δι᾿ ἧς ἐκεῖνοι δένδρα τοῖς διώκουσιν ἐνομίσθησαν, προσπίπτει τε αὐτῷ, καὶ πιστεύει τῷ λόγῳ. Καὶ ὁ πρὸ βραχέος διώκτης, εἷς τῶν φευγόντων ἐγένετο. Μενόντων τοίνυν κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον χρόνον πολὺν (ἐπεκράτει γὰρ ὁ κατὰ τῆς πίστεως πόλεμος, χαλεπῶς τοῦ καθηγουμένου κατὰ τῶν προστιθεμένων τῷ λόγῳ τῆς εὐσεβείας λυσσῶντος), καὶ πάντων πρὸς φυγὴν τετραμμένων· ἐπειδὴ τὸ κατὰ τὸν μέγαν αὐτοῖς ἀπ᾿ ἐλπίδος ἦν, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ὑπὸ χεῖρά ποτε γενόμενον τοῖς διώκουσι· τότε κατὰ τῶν ὑπολοίπων τὴν λυσσώδη μανίαν ἑαυτῶν τρέψαντες, πανταχῆ κατὰ τὸ ἔθνος διηρευνῶντο πάντας ὁμοίως ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας, ὅσοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ σεβάσμιον ἦν· καὶ εἶλκον ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὰ δεσμωτήρια κατεπλήρουν, ἀντ᾿ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀδικίας ἔγκλημα ποιούμενοι κατ' αὐτῶν τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ὡς μηδενὶ τότε τῶν κοινῶν προσασχολεῖσθαι τὰ δικαστήρια, ἢ τοῦτο μόνον διὰ σπουδῆς τοῖς κρατοῦσιν εἶναι, τὸ πάντας αἰκισμοὺς καὶ παντοίας στρεβλώσεις δι' ἐπινοίας ἐπάγειν κατὰ τῶν ἀντεχομένων τῆς πίστεως.
charin ekeinon hypo cheira poiēsasthai tois echthrois diespoudasto. Ho de ēn erēmon tina katalabōn lophian, echōn meth' heautou ton ek neōkorou kat᾿ archas prosachthenta tę̄ pistei, ēdē tę̄ chariti tēs diakonias hypēretoumenon. Tōn de diōkontōn kat᾿ echnos hepomenōn en plēthei pollǭ, mēnysantos autois ton topon tinos en hǭ katekrypteto; hoi men en kyklǭ tēn hypōreian tēs lophias dialabontes ephylatton, hopōs an mēdamothen autǭ genoito diaphygein, eiper eis touto trapeiē hoi de prosbantes tǭ orei, kata pan meros diereunōmenoi, ēdē kataphaneis eginonto tǭ megalǭ, kat᾿ eutheian pros auton anatrechontes. Ekeinos de diakeleusamenos tǭ met᾿ autou, stereą te kai adistaktǭ tę̄ pepoithēsei stēnai pros ton Theon, kai katapisteusai tēn sōtērian autǭ, tas cheiras eis proseuchēn anateinanta, kai mēde ei plēsion genointo hoi diōkontes ekkrousthēnai tǭ phobǭ tēn pistin; hypodeigma de tēs parangelias heauton epoiei tǭ diakonǭ, blepōn te pros ouranon ametatreptǭ ommati, kai tetamenais tais chersin en orthiǭ tǭ schēmati; kai hoi men en toutois ēsan. Hoi de pros autous anadramontes, pantachē ton topon periskepsamenoi, kai pasan enstasin thamnou, kai pasan petras prosbolēn, kai pasan ek charadras koilotēta meta pasēs akribeias diereunēsamenoi, palin tēn hypōreian katalambanousin, hōs phobǭ tōn diereunōmenōn eis phygēn trapontōn tois katō periestoichismenois hypo cheira genesthai. Hōs oun oute para toutōn heurethē, kai par' ekeinois ouk ēn; ho de ton topon tēs tou megalou diagōgēs kataskepsamenos sēmeiois hypegraphen, en hǭ diebebaiounto hoi zētountes mēdena heōrakenai, plēn ei mē dyo dendra monon mikron ap᾿ allēlōn diestēkota. ᾿Anakechōrēkotōn de tōn zētountōn, hypoleiphtheis ho mēnytēs, kai katalabōn en proseuchę̄ auton te ton megan kai ton syn autǭ, kai gnous tēn theian phrouran, di᾿ hēs ekeinoi dendra tois diōkousin enomisthēsan, prospiptei te autǭ, kai pisteuei tǭ logǭ. Kai ho pro bracheos diōktēs, heis tōn pheugontōn egeneto. Menontōn toinyn kata tēn erēmon chronon polyn (epekratei gar ho kata tēs pisteōs polemos, chalepōs tou kathēgoumenou kata tōn prostithemenōn tǭ logǭ tēs eusebeias lyssōntos), kai pantōn pros phygēn tetrammenōn; epeidē to kata ton megan autois ap᾿ elpidos ēn, hōs ouk an hypo cheira pote genomenon tois diōkousi; tote kata tōn hypoloipōn tēn lyssōdē manian heautōn trepsantes, pantachē kata to ethnos diēreunōnto pantas homoiōs andras te kai gynaikas kai paidas, hosois to onoma tou Christou to sebasmion ēn; kai eilkon epi tēn polin, kai ta desmōtēria kateplēroun, ant᾿ allēs tinos adikias enklēma poioumenoi kat' autōn tēn eusebeian, hōs mēdeni tote tōn koinōn prosascholeisthai ta dikastēria, ē touto monon dia spoudēs tois kratousin einai, to pantas aikismous kai pantoias streblōseis di' epinoias epagein kata tōn antechomenōn tēs pisteōs.
reason they were eager to bring him into the hands of the enemies. He had reached a deserted hill, having with him the man who had at first been brought to the faith from being a temple-warden, who was now serving in the grace of the diaconate. The pursuers followed close on his track in a great crowd, someone having informed them of the place where he was hiding. Some surrounded the foot of the hill and kept guard, so that he might have no way of escape from any side if he turned to flight; others climbed the mountain, searching every part, and were already in the great man's sight as they ran straight up toward him. He bade the man with him stand toward God with firm and undoubting confidence and entrust his safety to him, stretching out his hands in prayer, and not let his faith be knocked away by fear even if the pursuers came near. He made himself an example of his instruction to the deacon, looking toward heaven with unmoving eyes and standing upright with hands outstretched; and so they were. The men who ran up toward them looked all around the place, searched with all care every clump of brush, every jutting rock, every hollow of a ravine, and went down again to the foot of the hill, supposing that the men they were looking for had turned to flight in fear and fallen into the hands of those posted around below. Since, then, he was not found by them, and was not with the others either, the man who had spied out the place where the great man was staying described it by its marks, and in it the searchers insisted they had seen no one, only two trees standing a little apart from each other. When the searchers had gone back, the informer stayed behind, and finding the great man himself and the one with him at prayer, and recognizing the divine protection through which they had been taken for trees by the pursuers, he falls down before him and believes the word. And the pursuer of a little before became one of the fugitives. They remained in the desert a long time (for the war against the faith prevailed, as the governor raged fiercely against those who were added to the word of godliness), and everyone had turned to flight. Since, in the great man's case, they had given up hope that he would ever fall into the hands of the pursuers, they turned their furious madness against the rest and searched everywhere through the province all alike, men and women and children, to whom the name of Christ was venerable; and they dragged them to the city and filled the prisons, making godliness the charge against them in place of any other wrong, so that at that time the courts were busy with none of the public business, or this alone was the zeal of the rulers, to devise every kind of maltreatment and every sort of racking against those who held to the faith.
Chapter 949
949PG 46:949–950
Ἔνθα δὴ καὶ μᾶλλον πᾶσι κατάδηλον γίνεται, τὸ μηδὲν ἀθεεὶ τὸν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον βουλεύεσθαι. Φυλάξας γὰρ ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῆς φυγῆς τῷ λαῷ, κοινὴ συμμαχία τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως ἀγωνιζομένοις ἅπασιν ἦν. Καθάπερ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἀκούομεν, ὅτι πόρῥωθεν ἀφεστηκὼς τῆς τῶν Ἀμαληκιτῶν παρατάξεως, διὰ προσευχῆς ἐνετίθει τοῖς ὁμοφύλοις κατὰ τῶν ὑπεναντίων τὴν δύναμιν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κἀκεῖνος, οἷον ἐφορῶν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ γινόμενα, τὴν θείαν ἐπεκαλεῖτο συμμαχίαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐναθλούντων τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ τῆς πίστεως. Καί πότε μετὰ τῶν συνόντων κατὰ τὸ σύνηθες τῷ Θεῷ προσευχόμενος, ἀθρόως ἀγῶνός τε καὶ θορύβου καταπλησθεὶς, ἔνδηλος ἦν ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν οἷον ξενιζόμενος, καὶ ἐναγωνιῶν τῷ θεάματι, καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν ἐπέχων, καθάπερ ἤχου τινὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν διαβαίνοντος. Καὶ διαγενομένου διαστήματος οὐκ ὀλίγου, μείνας πάντα τὸν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ χρόνον, ἀκλινὴς καὶ ἀκίνητος, εἶθ' ὥσπερ τοῦ προκειμένου θεάματος εἰς ἀγαθὸν καταλήξαντος, πάλιν ἐπανῆλθέ τε πρὸς τὸ σύνηθες, καὶ ἀνευφήμησε τὸν Θεὸν ἐν λαμπροτάτῃ φωνῇ, τὸν ἐπινίκιὸν τε καὶ εὐχαριστήριον ὕμνον ἐπιφθεγξάμενος, ὃν πολλαχή τῆς ψαλμῳδίας τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἀκούομεν λέγοντος, τὸ Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς, ὃς οὐκ ἔδωκεν ἡμᾶς εἰς θήραν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν αὐτῶν. Τῶν δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν θαυμαστικῶς διατεθέντων, καὶ μαθεῖν ἀξιούντων, ὅ τί ποτε εἴη τὸ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ γενόμενον θέαμα, εἰπεῖν λέγεται, μέγα πτῶμα κατὰ τὴν ὥραν ἐκείνην ἑωρακέναι, καταπαλαισθέντος τοῦ διαβόλου ὑπὸ νεανίου τινὸς ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶσι. Τῶν δὲ ἀγνοούντων ἔτι τὸ εἰρημένον, σαφέστερον αὐτοῖς διηγεῖται, ὅτι συμμαχίᾳ κρείττονι κατὰ τὴν ὥραν ἐκείνην νεανίας τις τῶν εὐπατριδῶν, τοῖς ἰδρῶσι τῆς πίστεως ἐνηγωνίσατο, προσαχθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν δημίων τῷ ἄρχοντι. Προσέθηκε δὲ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα, Τρωάδιον αὐτὸν ὀνομάσας· καὶ ὅτι μετὰ πολλὰς βασάνους, αἷς γενναίως ἐνεκαρτέρησε, τὸν διὰ τῆς μαρτυρίας ἀνεδήσατο στέφανον. Ἐκπλαγεὶς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἀκοὴν ὁ διάκονος, καὶ οὔτε ἀπιστεῖν τινι τῶν λεγομένων τολμῶν· καὶ ἅμα κρεῖττον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως εἶναι νομίσας, τὸ πόῤῥωθεν ὄντα τῆς πόλεως, μηδενὸς ἀνθρώπου τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν διαγγείλαντος, ὡς ἐφεστῶτα τοῖς πράγμασι λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ γενομένων, ἱκέτης γίνεται τοῦ διδασκάλου ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπιτραπῆναι καὶ γνῶναι τὰ πεπραγμένα καὶ μὴ κωλυθῆναι παρ' αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι μέχρι τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν, ἐν οἷς τὸ θαῦμα ἐγένετο. Τοῦ δὲ φοβερὸν εἶναι λέγοντος, τὸ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν φονευτῶν γενέσθαι, καὶ πολλάκις ἐξ ἐπηρείας τοῦ ἀντικειμένου τι τῶν ἀβουλήτων παθεῖν, ἐπιθαρσεῖν ἔλεγεν ὁ διάκονος τῇ τῶν εὐχῶν αὐτοῦ συμμαχίᾳ, φθεγξάμενος ταύτην πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν φωνήν· Σύ με παράθου τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ οὐδείς μοι φόβος καὶ τῶν πολεμίων καθάψεται. Τοῦ δὲ καθάπερ συνέμπορον αὐτῷ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ βοήθειαν διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς συνεκπέμψαντος, πεποιθώς τὴν ὁδὸν διῄει, πρὸς οὐδένα τῶν ἀπαντώντων ἐπιστρεφόμενος. Ἑσπέριος δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐντὸς γεγονὼς, καὶ κοπώδης ἐκ τῆς
Entha dē kai mallon pasi katadēlon ginetai, to mēden atheei ton megan ekeinon bouleuesthai. Phylaxas gar heauton dia tēs phygēs tǭ laǭ, koinē symmachia tois hyper tēs pisteōs agōnizomenois hapasin ēn. Kathaper gar peri tou Mōÿseōs akouomen, hoti porrhōthen aphestēkōs tēs tōn Amalēkitōn parataxeōs, dia proseuchēs enetithei tois homophylois kata tōn hypenantiōn tēn dynamin kata ton auton tropon kakeinos, hoion ephorōn tǭ ophthalmǭ tēs psychēs ta ginomena, tēn theian epekaleito symmachian hyper tōn enathlountōn tę̄ homologią tēs pisteōs. Kai pote meta tōn synontōn kata to synēthes tǭ Theǭ proseuchomenos, athroōs agōnos te kai thorybou kataplēstheis, endēlos ēn en tois parousin hoion xenizomenos, kai enagōniōn tǭ theamati, kai tēn akoēn epechōn, kathaper ēchou tinos pros auton diabainontos. Kai diagenomenou diastēmatos ouk oligou, meinas panta ton en tǭ mesǭ chronon, aklinēs kai akinētos, eith' hōsper tou prokeimenou theamatos eis agathon katalēxantos, palin epanēlthe te pros to synēthes, kai aneuphēmēse ton Theon en lamprotatę̄ phōnę̄, ton epinikion te kai eucharistērion hymnon epiphthenxamenos, hon pollachē tēs psalmǭdias tou Dabid akouomen legontos, to Eulogētos ho Theos, hos ouk edōken hēmas eis thēran tois odousin autōn. Tōn de peri auton thaumastikōs diatethentōn, kai mathein axiountōn, ho ti pote eiē to en ophthalmois autou genomenon theama, eipein legetai, mega ptōma kata tēn hōran ekeinēn heōrakenai, katapalaisthentos tou diabolou hypo neaniou tinos en tois hyper eusebeias agōsi. Tōn de agnoountōn eti to eirēmenon, saphesteron autois diēgeitai, hoti symmachią kreittoni kata tēn hōran ekeinēn neanias tis tōn eupatridōn, tois idrōsi tēs pisteōs enēgōnisato, prosachtheis hypo tōn dēmiōn tǭ archonti. Prosethēke de kai to onoma, Trōadion auton onomasas; kai hoti meta pollas basanous, hais gennaiōs enekarterēse, ton dia tēs martyrias anedēsato stephanon. Ekplageis de pros tēn akoēn ho diakonos, kai oute apistein tini tōn legomenōn tolmōn; kai hama kreitton tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs einai nomisas, to porrhōthen onta tēs poleōs, mēdenos anthrōpou ta kat᾿ auton diangeilantos, hōs ephestōta tois pragmasi legein pros tous synontas peri tōn ekei genomenōn, hiketēs ginetai tou didaskalou ophthalmois epitrapēnai kai gnōnai ta pepragmena kai mē kōlythēnai par' autou genesthai mechri tōn topōn autōn, en hois to thauma egeneto. Tou de phoberon einai legontos, to en mesǭ tōn phoneutōn genesthai, kai pollakis ex epēreias tou antikeimenou ti tōn aboulētōn pathein, epitharsein elegen ho diakonos tę̄ tōn euchōn autou symmachią, phthenxamenos tautēn pros auton tēn phōnēn; Sy me parathou tǭ Theǭ, kai oudeis moi phobos kai tōn polemiōn kathapsetai. Tou de kathaper synemporon autǭ tēn tou Theou boētheian dia tēs euchēs synekpempsantos, pepoithōs tēn hodon dię̄ei, pros oudena tōn apantōntōn epistrephomenos. Hesperios de tēs poleōs entos gegonōs, kai kopōdēs ek tēs
Then indeed it became still clearer to all that that great man planned nothing without God. For having kept himself safe for the people by flight, he was a common ally for all who were contending for the faith. For just as we hear of Moses that, standing far off from the battle line of the Amalekites, he put strength into his countrymen against their enemies by prayer, in the same way he too, as if watching events with the eye of the soul, called down divine help on behalf of those contending in the confession of the faith. Once, as he was praying to God with his companions as usual, he was suddenly filled with agitation and disturbance, and it was plain to those present that he was as if struck by something strange, in anguish at a sight, and listening as though some sound were reaching him. After no small interval, during which he remained the whole time unbending and unmoving, then, as if the sight before him had come to a good end, he returned to his usual state and praised God in a very clear voice, uttering the hymn of victory and thanksgiving that we often hear David say in his psalmody: “Blessed be God, who has not given us as prey to their teeth.” When those around him were struck with wonder and asked to learn what the sight before his eyes had been, he is said to have told them that at that hour he had seen a great fall, the devil being thrown down by a young man in the contests for godliness. As they still did not understand what was said, he told them more clearly that at that hour a young man of noble family, with a stronger help, had contended in the sweat of the faith, having been brought by the executioners before the governor. He added the name too, calling him Troadius, and said that after many tortures, which he endured nobly, he had bound on the crown of martyrdom. The deacon was astonished at what he heard; he did not dare to disbelieve any of it, and at the same time he thought it beyond human nature that one who was far from the city, with no one reporting events to him, should speak to his companions about what happened there as if he were present at the events. He becomes a suppliant of his teacher, asking to be allowed to know what had been done with his own eyes, and not to be prevented by him from going to the very places in which the wonder had happened. When Gregory said that it was dangerous to be among murderers, and that one often suffers something unwanted from the malice of the adversary, the deacon said he took courage from the help of his prayers, and spoke to him these words: “You commend me to God, and no fear of the enemies will touch me.” And when Gregory had sent God's help with him by prayer as a fellow traveller, he went his way confidently, turning to none of those he met. Toward evening he came inside the city, and tired from
Chapter 951
951PG 46:951–952
ὁδοιπορίας γενόμενος, λουτρῷ θεραπεῦσαι τὸν κόπον ἀναγκαῖον ᾠήθη. Ἐπεκράτει δὲ κατὰ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον δαίμων τις ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐπιχωριάζων τῷ λουτρῷ, οὗ ἡ φθοροποιὸς δύναμις ἐνεργὸς μετὰ σκότος κατὰ τῶν προσεγγιζόντων ἐγίνετο, καὶ τούτου χάριν ἄβατον τὸ λουτρὸν ἦν ἐκεῖνο μετὰ τὰς ἡλίου δυσμὰς καὶ ἀνενέργητον ᾧ παραστὰς ἡξίου τὸν ἐπιτεταγμένον ἀνοῖξαι τὴν θύραν, δοῦναί τε τὴν εἴσοδον αὐτῷ καὶ μὴ φθονῆσαι τῆς ἐκ τοῦ λουτροῦ θεραπείας. Τοῦ δὲ μαρτυρουμένου μηδένα τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὥραν ἐκείνην κατατολμώντων τοῦ ὕδατος ἰδίοις ὑποστρέψαι ποσὶν, ἀλλὰ πάντων μετὰ τὴν ἑσπέραν κατακρατεῖν τὸ δαιμόνιον, καὶ πολλοὺς ὑπ' ἀγνοίας ἤδη παθεῖν τὰ ἀνήκεστα, οὓς ἀντὶ τῆς ἐλπισθείσης ἀνέσεως θρῆνοι καὶ οἰμωγαὶ διεδέξαντο ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα διεξιόντος, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐκεῖνος ὑφίει τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνέκειτο παντὶ τρόπῳ καταναγκάζων αὐτὸν, εἰς τὰ ἐντὸς παραδέξασθαι. Ὁ δὲ τὸ μὴ συγκινδυνεῦσαι τῇ ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ ξένου, κέρδος ποιούμενος, τὴν κλεῖν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ποιησάμενος, πόῤῥω τοῦ λουτροῦ ἀπαλλάσσεται. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ γυμνωθεὶς ἐντὸς ἦν, πολύτροποί τινες φόβων καὶ καταπλήξεων ἀφορμαὶ παρὰ τοῦ δαιμονίου συνεσκευάζοντο, φάσματα παντοδαπὰ πυρὶ καὶ καπνῷ μεμιγμένην τὴν φύσιν ἐπιδεικνύμενα, ἐν ἀνθρώπων καὶ θηρίων μορφῇ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐμπίπτοντα, ταῖς ἀκοαῖς ἐνηχοῦντα, τῷ ἄσθματι προσεγγίζοντα, κύκλῳ περὶ τὸ σῶμα χεόμενα. Ὁ δὲ τὴν σφραγίδα ἑαυτοῦ προβαλλόμενος, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀνακαλῶν ὅνομα, ἀπαθὴς τὸν πρῶτον διεξῆλθε τὸν οἶκον. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ ἐνδότερον χωρήσας, χαλεπωτέροις ἐνέτυχε τοῖς θεάμασιν, εἰς φοβερωτέραν μετασκευασθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου τὴν ὄψιν καὶ ἅμα σεισμῷ κατακλονεῖσθαι τὸν οἶκον ᾤετο, καὶ τὸ ἔδαφος ὑποῤῥηγνύμενον γυμνὴν ὑποδεικνύειν τὴν κάτω φλόγα, σπινθῆράς τε φλογώδεις ἀπὸ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκπέμπεσθαι, καὶ πάλιν αὐτῷ τὸ ἴσον ὅπλον ἡ σφραγὶς, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα, καὶ ἡ διὰ τῶν εὐχῶν τοῦ διδασκάλου βοήθεια, τὰ φοβερὰ τῶν φαινομένων τε καὶ γινομένων διέχεεν. ᾿Ανεθεὶς δὲ ἤδη τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον σπεύδων, πάλιν ἐκωλύετο, τοῦ δαιμονίου τῆς θύρας ἀντειλημμένου. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο πάλιν τὸ κώλυμα διὰ τῆς ἴσης δυνάμεως αὐτομάτως ἐλύετο, τῇ σφραγίδι τῆς θύρας ὑποχωρούσης. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ νοῦν αὐτῷ προὐκεχωρήκει τὰ πάντα, ἐκβοῆσαι λέγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνθρωπίνῃ φωνῇ τὸ δαιμόνιον, μὴ ἐπ' αὐτῷ τὴν δύναμιν ἐκείνην λογίσασθαι, δι' ἧς τὸν ὄλεθρον ἔφυγεν ἡ γὰρ φωνὴ τοῦ παραθεμένου αὐτὸν τῷ φυλάσσοντι τὸ ἀπαθὲς ἐχαρίσατο. Διασωθεὶς τοίνυν κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον, ἔκπληξιν παρείχε τοῖς ἐπιστατοῦσι τοῦ τόπου, οὐδενὸς τῶν πώποτε κατὰ τὴν ὥραν ἐκείνην κατατολμησάντων τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν τοῖς ζῶσι φανέντος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτοις τὰ καθ' ἑαυτὸν διηγήσατο, καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν τῶν μαρτύρων ἀνδραγαθήματα τοῦτον ἔγνω γεγενημένα τὸν τρόπον, ὃν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας ὁ μέγας διάγων προδιηγήσατο, προσθεὶς τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ διηγήμα
hodoiporias genomenos, loutrǭ therapeusai ton kopon anankaion ǭēthē. Epekratei de kata ton topon ekeinon daimōn tis anthrōpoktonos epichōriazōn tǭ loutrǭ, hou hē phthoropoios dynamis energos meta skotos kata tōn prosengizontōn egineto, kai toutou charin abaton to loutron ēn ekeino meta tas hēliou dysmas kai anenergēton hǭ parastas hēxiou ton epitetagmenon anoixai tēn thyran, dounai te tēn eisodon autǭ kai mē phthonēsai tēs ek tou loutrou therapeias. Tou de martyroumenou mēdena tōn kata tēn hōran ekeinēn katatolmōntōn tou hydatos idiois hypostrepsai posin, alla pantōn meta tēn hesperan katakratein to daimonion, kai pollous hyp' agnoias ēdē pathein ta anēkesta, hous anti tēs elpistheisēs aneseōs thrēnoi kai oimōgai diedexanto tauta kai ta toiauta diexiontos, ouden mallon ekeinos hyphiei tēs epithymias, all᾽ enekeito panti tropǭ katanankazōn auton, eis ta entos paradexasthai. Ho de to mē synkindyneusai tę̄ agnoią tou xenou, kerdos poioumenos, tēn klein ep᾿ autǭ poiēsamenos, porrhō tou loutrou apallassetai. Epeidē de gymnōtheis entos ēn, polytropoi tines phobōn kai kataplēxeōn aphormai para tou daimoniou syneskeuazonto, phasmata pantodapa pyri kai kapnǭ memigmenēn tēn physin epideiknymena, en anthrōpōn kai thēriōn morphę̄ tois ophthalmois empiptonta, tais akoais enēchounta, tǭ asthmati prosengizonta, kyklǭ peri to sōma cheomena. Ho de tēn sphragida heautou proballomenos, kai to tou Christou anakalōn honoma, apathēs ton prōton diexēlthe ton oikon. Epi de to endoteron chōrēsas, chalepōterois enetyche tois theamasin, eis phoberōteran metaskeuasthentos tou daimoniou tēn opsin kai hama seismǭ katakloneisthai ton oikon ǭeto, kai to edaphos hyporrhēgnymenon gymnēn hypodeiknyein tēn katō phloga, spinthēras te phlogōdeis apo tōn hydatōn ekpempesthai, kai palin autǭ to ison hoplon hē sphragis, kai to tou Christou onoma, kai hē dia tōn euchōn tou didaskalou boētheia, ta phobera tōn phainomenōn te kai ginomenōn diecheen. ᾿Anetheis de ēdē tǭ hydati, kai pros tēn exodon speudōn, palin ekōlyeto, tou daimoniou tēs thyras anteilēmmenou. Alla kai touto palin to kōlyma dia tēs isēs dynameōs automatōs elyeto, tę̄ sphragidi tēs thyras hypochōrousēs. Epei de kata noun autǭ proukechōrēkei ta panta, ekboēsai legetai pros auton anthrōpinę̄ phōnę̄ to daimonion, mē ep' autǭ tēn dynamin ekeinēn logisasthai, di' hēs ton olethron ephygen hē gar phōnē tou parathemenou auton tǭ phylassonti to apathes echarisato. Diasōtheis toinyn kata ton eirēmenon tropon, ekplēxin pareiche tois epistatousi tou topou, oudenos tōn pōpote kata tēn hōran ekeinēn katatolmēsantōn tou hydatos en tois zōsi phanentos. Epei de toutois ta kath' heauton diēgēsato, kai ta kata tēn polin tōn martyrōn andragathēmata touton egnō gegenēmena ton tropon, hon epi tēs erēmias ho megas diagōn prodiēgēsato, prostheis tois peri autou diēgēma
the journey, he thought it necessary to relieve his fatigue with a bath. But in that place a murderous demon held sway, haunting the bath, whose destructive power became active after dark against those who came near; for this reason that bath was not to be entered after sunset and stood unused. Standing before it, he asked the attendant to open the door, to give him entry, and not to begrudge him the relief of the bath. The attendant protested that none of those who ventured into the water at that hour had come back on their own feet, but that after evening the demon overpowered everyone, and that many in their ignorance had already suffered fatal harm, and for them lamentations and wailing had taken the place of the relief they had hoped for. While he went through these and similar things, the deacon no more slackened his desire, but pressed him in every way, forcing him to let him inside. The attendant, counting it a gain not to share the danger of the stranger's ignorance, gave him the key and went off far from the bath. When the deacon had undressed and was inside, varied occasions of fear and terror were contrived by the demon: apparitions of every kind, showing a nature mixed of fire and smoke, falling upon his eyes in the form of men and beasts, sounding in his ears, coming close to his breath, swirling around his body. But he, holding out the seal before himself and calling on the name of Christ, passed through the first room unharmed. Going on to the inner room, he met more terrible sights, the demon having changed into a more fearful appearance; and at the same time he thought the building was shaken by an earthquake, and that the floor, breaking open beneath, showed the flame below laid bare, and that fiery sparks were sent out from the waters. And again the same weapon, the seal and the name of Christ and the help that came through his teacher's prayers, dispersed the terrors of what appeared and happened. When he had already relaxed in the water and was hurrying to get out, he was hindered again, the demon having seized the door. But this hindrance too was undone of itself by the same power, the door giving way to the seal. When everything had gone as he wished, the demon is said to have cried out to him in a human voice not to credit to himself the power by which he had escaped destruction; for the voice of the one who had commended him to the One who guards had granted him safety. So, having been saved in the way described, he caused astonishment to those in charge of the place, since none of those who had ever ventured into the water at that hour had been seen among the living. When he had told them what had happened to him, and had learned that the brave deeds of the martyrs in the city had happened in the very way the great man, staying in the desert, had described beforehand, he added to the stories
Chapter 953
953PG 46:953–954
τε καὶ θαύμασι, δι' ὧν τε εἶδε, καὶ δι' ὧν ἤκουσε, καὶ δι᾽ ὧν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πείρᾳ τῆς τοῦ μεγάλου πίστεως ἐδιδάχθη τὴν δύναμιν, ᾗ προσεμαρτύρησε τὸ δαιμόνιον, πάλιν ἀνατρέχει πρὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον· τοῖς τε κατ᾿ αὐτὸν, καὶ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα κοινὸν ἀφεὶς φυλακτήριον, τὸ διὰ τῶν ἱερέων ἕκαστον ἑαυτὸν τῷ Θεῷ παρατίθεσθαι. Καὶ νῦν ἐστι μὲν κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις ἡ τοιαύτη φωνὴ, τῆς τότε γεγενημένης τῷ ἀνδρὶ παρὰ τοῦ Γρηγορίου βοηθείας μνημόσυνον. Τῆς δὲ τυραννίδος ἐκείνης ἤδη κατὰ θείαν συμμαχίαν διαλυθείσης, καὶ πάλιν εἰρήνης τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωὴν διαδεξαμένης, καθ᾽ ἣν ἄνετος ἦν κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν προκειμένη πᾶσιν ἡ περὶ τὸ θεῖον σπουδή, καταβὰς πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν, καὶ πᾶσαν περινοστήσας ἐν κύκλῳ τὴν χώραν, προσθήκην ἐποιεῖτο τοῖς ἁπανταχοῦ λαοῖς τῆς περὶ τὸ Θεῖον σπουδῆς, τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνηθληκότων τῇ πίστει πανηγύρεις νομοθετήσας. Καὶ διαλαβόντες ἄλλος ἀλλαχῆ τῶν μαρτύρων τὰ σώματα, κατὰ τὴν ἐτήσιον τοῦ ἐνιαυσιαίου κύκλου περίοδον συνιόντες, ἠγάλλοντο τῇ τιμῇ τῶν μαρτύρων πανηγυρίζοντες. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ τοῦτο τῆς μεγάλης αὐτοῦ σοφίας ἀπόδειξις ἦν, ὅτι πρὸς καινὸν βίον μεταῤῥυθμίζων πᾶσαν ἀθρόως τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν γενεὰν, οἷόν τις ἡνίοχος ἐπιστὰς τῇ φύσει, καὶ τοῖς τῆς πίστεως καὶ θεογνωσίας χαλινοῖς ἀσφαλῶς αὐτοὺς ὑποζεύξας, ἐνεδίδου τι μικρὸν τῷ ζυγῷ τῆς πίστεως δι' εὐφροσύνης ὑποσκιρτᾶν τὸ ὑπήκοον. Συνιδὼν γὰρ ὅτι ταῖς σωματικαῖς θυμηδίαις τῇ περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα πλάνῃ παραμένει τὸ νηπιῶδες τῶν πολλῶν καὶ ἀπαίδευτον· ὡς ἂν τὸ προηγούμενον τέως ἐν αὐτοῖς μάλιστα κατορθωθείη, τὸ πρὸς Θεὸν ἀντὶ τῶν ματαίων σεβασμάτων βλέπειν, ἐπαφῆκεν αὐτοῖς ταῖς τῶν ἁγίων μαρτύρων ἐμφαιδρύνεσθαι μνήμαις, καὶ εὐπαθεῖν, καὶ ἀγάλλεσθαι, ὡς χρόνῳ ποτὲ κατὰ τὸ αὐτόματον πρὸς σεμνότερόν τε καὶ ἀκριβέστερον μετατεθησομένου τοῦ βίου, καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο καθηγουμένης τῆς πίστεως, ὅπερ δὴ καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἤδη κατωρθώθη, πάσης θυμηδίας ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἡδέων πρὸς τὸ πνευματικὸν τῆς εὐφροσύνης εἶδος μετατεθείσης. Τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον ἐμπολιτευόμενος τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ σπουδὴν ἔχων πρὸ τῆς ἐκ τοῦ βίου μεταστάσεως πάντας ἰδεῖν πρὸς τὴν σωτήριον πίστιν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων μεταθέντας· ἐπειδὴ προέγνω ἑαυτοῦ τὴν μετάστασιν, σπουδῇ πᾶσάν τε τὴν περιοικίδα διηρευνήσατο, μαθεῖν θέλων εἴ τινες εἶεν οἱ περιλειφθέντες ἔξω τῆς πίστεως. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔγνω τοὺς παραμεμενηκότας τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ πλάνῃ μὴ πλείους εἶναι τῶν ἑπτακαίδεκα, Σκυθρωπὸν μὲν καὶ τοῦτο, φησὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀποβλέψας, τὸ λιπεῖν τι τῷ τῶν σωζομένων πληρώματι. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ μεγάλης εὐχαριστίας ἄξιον, ὅτι τοσούτους καταλείπει τοὺς εἰδωλολάτρας τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐκδεχομένῳ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ὅσους αὐτὸς Χριστιανοὺς ὑπεδέξατο. Ἐπευξάμενος δὲ τοῖς τε πεπιστευκόσιν ἤδη τὴν εἰς τὸ τέλειον αὔξησιν, καὶ τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τοῖς ἀπίστοις, οὕτω τοῦ ἀνθρω-
te kai thaumasi, di' hōn te eide, kai di' hōn ēkouse, kai di᾽ hōn tę̄ heautou peirą tēs tou megalou pisteōs edidachthē tēn dynamin, hę̄ prosemartyrēse to daimonion, palin anatrechei pros ton didaskalon; tois te kat᾿ auton, kai tois meta tauta koinon apheis phylaktērion, to dia tōn hiereōn hekaston heauton tǭ Theǭ paratithesthai. Kai nyn esti men kata pasan tēn Ekklēsian, exairetōs de par᾽ ekeinois hē toiautē phōnē, tēs tote gegenēmenēs tǭ andri para tou Grēgoriou boētheias mnēmosynon. Tēs de tyrannidos ekeinēs ēdē kata theian symmachian dialytheisēs, kai palin eirēnēs tēn anthrōpinēn zōēn diadexamenēs, kath᾽ hēn anetos ēn kat᾿ exousian prokeimenē pasin hē peri to theion spoudē, katabas palin epi tēn polin, kai pasan perinostēsas en kyklǭ tēn chōran, prosthēkēn epoieito tois hapantachou laois tēs peri to Theion spoudēs, tas hyper tōn enēthlēkotōn tę̄ pistei panēgyreis nomothetēsas. Kai dialabontes allos allachē tōn martyrōn ta sōmata, kata tēn etēsion tou eniausiaiou kyklou periodon syniontes, ēgallonto tę̄ timę̄ tōn martyrōn panēgyrizontes. Kai gar dē kai touto tēs megalēs autou sophias apodeixis ēn, hoti pros kainon bion metarrhythmizōn pasan athroōs tēn kat᾿ auton genean, hoion tis hēniochos epistas tę̄ physei, kai tois tēs pisteōs kai theognōsias chalinois asphalōs autous hypozeuxas, enedidou ti mikron tǭ zygǭ tēs pisteōs di' euphrosynēs hyposkirtan to hypēkoon. Synidōn gar hoti tais sōmatikais thymēdiais tę̄ peri ta eidōla planę̄ paramenei to nēpiōdes tōn pollōn kai apaideuton; hōs an to proēgoumenon teōs en autois malista katorthōtheiē, to pros Theon anti tōn mataiōn sebasmatōn blepein, epaphēken autois tais tōn hagiōn martyrōn emphaidrynesthai mnēmais, kai eupathein, kai agallesthai, hōs chronǭ pote kata to automaton pros semnoteron te kai akribesteron metatethēsomenou tou biou, kai pros ekeino kathēgoumenēs tēs pisteōs, hoper dē kai en tois pollois ēdē katōrthōthē, pasēs thymēdias apo tōn tou sōmatos hēdeōn pros to pneumatikon tēs euphrosynēs eidos metatetheisēs. Touton de ton tropon empoliteuomenos tę̄ Ekklēsią, kai spoudēn echōn pro tēs ek tou biou metastaseōs pantas idein pros tēn sōtērion pistin apo tōn eidōlōn metathentas; epeidē proegnō heautou tēn metastasin, spoudę̄ pasan te tēn perioikida diēreunēsato, mathein thelōn ei tines eien hoi perileiphthentes exō tēs pisteōs. Epei oun egnō tous paramemenēkotas tę̄ archaią planę̄ mē pleious einai tōn heptakaideka, Skythrōpon men kai touto, phēsi pros ton Theon apoblepsas, to lipein ti tǭ tōn sōzomenōn plērōmati. Plēn alla megalēs eucharistias axion, hoti tosoutous kataleipei tous eidōlolatras tǭ met᾿ auton ekdechomenǭ tēn Ekklēsian, hosous autos Christianous hypedexato. Epeuxamenos de tois te pepisteukosin ēdē tēn eis to teleion auxēsin, kai tēn epistrophēn tois apistois, houtō tou anthrō-
and wonders about him what he had seen and heard and had learned by his own experience of the power of the great man's faith, to which the demon too bore witness, and he hurried back to his teacher. He left to his contemporaries and to those after them a common safeguard: that each should commend himself to God through the priests. And even now this formula is used throughout the church, but especially among them, as a memorial of the help that came to that man from Gregory. When that tyranny had already been dissolved by divine help, and peace had again taken over human life, a peace in which zeal for the divine lay open and free to all at will, he came down again to the city, and travelling around the whole country he increased the zeal for the divine among the peoples everywhere by instituting festivals in honour of those who had contended for the faith. And people, distributing the bodies of the martyrs among themselves in different places, gathered at the yearly return of the annual cycle and rejoiced, holding festival in honour of the martyrs. This too was a proof of his great wisdom: when he was reshaping the whole generation of his day at once to a new life, like a charioteer set over their nature, having securely yoked them with the bridles of faith and the knowledge of God, he allowed the subject people to frisk a little under the yoke of faith through enjoyment. For he perceived that the childish and uneducated among the many remained in the error of idols because of bodily pleasures; so that the main thing might meanwhile be achieved in them above all, that they should look to God instead of vain objects of worship, he allowed them to make merry at the memorials of the holy martyrs, to enjoy themselves and rejoice, since in time life would of its own accord change to something more dignified and exact, faith leading the way to it. This has in fact already been achieved in most of them, all their delight having been changed from the pleasures of the body to the spiritual kind of joy. Governing the church in this way, and eager before his departure from life to see all converted from idols to the saving faith, when he foresaw his departure he diligently searched through the whole surrounding region, wishing to learn whether any were left outside the faith. When he learned that those who remained in the ancient error were no more than seventeen, he said, looking to God: “This too is grievous, that anything should be lacking to the full number of those being saved. Yet it is worthy of great thanksgiving that he leaves to the one who receives the church after him as many idolaters as he himself received Christians.” Having prayed for growth to perfection for those who had already believed and for conversion for the unbelievers, he thus passes from human
Chapter 955
955PG 46:955–956
πίνου βίου πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν μετανίσταται, ἐπισκηψας τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, μὴ κτήσασθαι τόπον αὐτῷ πρὸς ταφὴν ἰδιάζοντα. Εἰ γὰρ ζῶν, κύριος κληθῆναι τόπου τινὸς οὐκ ἐδέξατο, ἀλλὰ παροικῶν ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις τὸν βίον διήγαγεν, οὐδὲ μετὰ θάνατον τῇ παροικία πάντως ἐπαισχυνθήσεται Ἀλλ᾽ ἔστω, φησὶ, τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ διήγημα, ὅτι Γρηγόριος οὔτε ζῶν ἐπωνομάσθη τόπῳ τινὶ, καὶ μετὰ θάνατον ἀλλοτρίων τάφων ἐγένετο πάροικος, πάσης τῆς ἐν τῇ γῇ κτήσεως ἑαυτὸν ἀποστήσας, ὡς μηδὲ ἐνταφῆναι ἰδίῳ καταδέξασθαι τόπῳ· μόνην γὰρ αὐτῷ κτῆσιν τιμίαν εἶναι ἔκρινεν ἐκείνην, ἢ πλεονεξίας ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῆς ἴχνος οὐ δέχεται. Τὴν δὲ ἀθρόαν παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους μετάστασιν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ματαιότητος εἰς τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας θαυμαζέτω ἕκαστος τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ μηδεὶς ἀπιστείτω πρὸς τὴν οἰκονομίαν βλέπων, δι' ἧς γέγονεν ἡ τοσαύτη μεταβολὴ τῶν μετατιθεμένων ἀπὸ τοῦ ψεύδους πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις αὐτοῦ τῆς ἱερωσύνης γεγενημένον χρόνοις, ὅπερ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν θαυμάτων ἐπειγόμενος ὁ λόγος παρέδραμε, νῦν ἐπαναλαβὼν διηγήσομαι. Ἑορτή τις ἦν πάνδημος ἐν τῇ πόλει, δαίμονί τινι τῶν ἐγχωρίων κατά τι πάτριον ἀγομένη. Πρὸς ταύτην ἅπαν σχεδόν συνέῤῥει τὸ ἔθνος, τῆς χώρας πάσης συνεορταζούσης τῇ πόλει. Ἐπεπλήρωτο δὲ τῶν συνδεδραμηκότων τὸ θέατρον, καὶ ὑπερεχεῖτο πανταχόθεν ὑπὲρ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν ἐπιῤῥυέντων τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ πάντων περὶ τὰ θεάματά τε καὶ ἀκροάματα πρὸς τὴν ὀρχήστραν ἀποβλέπειν προθυμουμένων, θορύβου πλήρης ἦν ἡ σκηνή, καὶ ἄπρακτος ἐγίνετο τοῖς θαυματοποιοῖς ἡ ἐπίδειξις, τῆς ταραχῆς τῶν στενοχωρουμένων οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τῆς μουσικῆς ἐπικοπτούσης, ἀλλ᾿ οὔτε τοῖς θαυματοποιοῖς ἐνδιδούσης καιρὸν τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι. Ἔνθα δὲ κοινὴ παρὰ παντὸς ἐκρήγνυται τοῦ δήμου φωνὴ, τὸν δαίμονα, ᾧ τὴν ἑορτὴν ἦγον, ἀνακαλούντων, καὶ παρ' ἐκείνου τὴν εὐρυχωρίαν αὐτοῖς ἀξιούντων γενέσθαι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντων ἀλλήλοις συμφθεγγομένων, εἰς ὕψος ἤρετο ἡ φωνὴ, καὶ πάσης ἐδόκει τῆς πόλεως καθάπερ ἑνός τινος στόματος ὁ λόγος εἶναι, ὁ τὴν εὐχὴν ταύτην προσάγων τῷ δαίμονι (ἦν δὲ ἡ εὐχὴ, ὡς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς ἀκοῦσαι τῆς λέξεως Ζεῦ, ποίησον ἡμῖν τόπον)· ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ μέγας ἐκεῖνος τοῦ ἤχου τῶν ὀνομαστὶ ἐπιβοωμένων τὸν δαίμονα, παρ' οὗ τὴν εὐρυχωρίαν ᾔτουν γενέσθαι τῇ πόλει, φησὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, πέμψας τινὰ τῶν παρεστηκότων, δοθήσεσθαι αὐτοῖς ὅσον οὐδέπω πλείονα τῆς εὐχῆς τὴν εὐρυχωρίαν. Ταύτης δὲ παρ' αὐτοῦ τῆς φωνῆς οἷόν τινος σκυθρωπῆς ἀποφάσεως ἐξενεχθείσης, λοιμὸς τὴν πάνδημον ἐκείνην ἱερομηνίαν ἐκδέχεται. Καὶ παραχρήμα κατεμίγνυτο ταῖς χοροστασίαις ὁ θρῆνος, ὥστε αὐτοῖς εἰς πένθη καὶ συμφορὰς μεταστραφῆναι τὰς θυμηδίας, ἀντὶ αὐλῶν καὶ κρότων τῆς ἐπαλλήλου θρηνωδίας διαλαβούσης τὴν πόλιν. Ἐνσκῆψαν γὰρ ἅπαξ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ πάθος, θᾶττον ἢ κατ' ἐλπίδας διεξῄει πυρὸς δίκην τοὺς οἴκους ἐπιβοσκόμενον, ὥσ
pinou biou pros ton Theon metanistatai, episkēpsas tois epitēdeiois, mē ktēsasthai topon autǭ pros taphēn idiazonta. Ei gar zōn, kyrios klēthēnai topou tinos ouk edexato, alla paroikōn en allotriois ton bion diēgagen, oude meta thanaton tę̄ paroikia pantōs epaischynthēsetai All᾽ estō, phēsi, tǭ meta tauta biǭ diēgēma, hoti Grēgorios oute zōn epōnomasthē topǭ tini, kai meta thanaton allotriōn taphōn egeneto paroikos, pasēs tēs en tę̄ gę̄ ktēseōs heauton apostēsas, hōs mēde entaphēnai idiǭ katadexasthai topǭ; monēn gar autǭ ktēsin timian einai ekrinen ekeinēn, ē pleonexias eph᾿ heautēs ichnos ou dechetai. Tēn de athroan pantos tou ethnous metastasin apo tēs Hellēnikēs mataiotētos eis tēn epignōsin tēs alētheias thaumazetō hekastos tōn entynchanontōn tǭ logǭ, kai mēdeis apisteitō pros tēn oikonomian blepōn, di' hēs gegonen hē tosautē metabolē tōn metatithemenōn apo tou pseudous pros tēn alētheian. To gar en tois prōtois autou tēs hierōsynēs gegenēmenon chronois, hoper pros ta loipa tōn thaumatōn epeigomenos ho logos paredrame, nyn epanalabōn diēgēsomai. Heortē tis ēn pandēmos en tę̄ polei, daimoni tini tōn enchōriōn kata ti patrion agomenē. Pros tautēn hapan schedon synerrhei to ethnos, tēs chōras pasēs syneortazousēs tę̄ polei. Epeplērōto de tōn syndedramēkotōn to theatron, kai hyperecheito pantachothen hyper tas kathedras tōn epirrhyentōn to plēthos, kai pantōn peri ta theamata te kai akroamata pros tēn orchēstran apoblepein prothymoumenōn, thorybou plērēs ēn hē skēnē, kai apraktos egineto tois thaumatopoiois hē epideixis, tēs tarachēs tōn stenochōroumenōn ou monon tēn apolausin tēs mousikēs epikoptousēs, all᾿ oute tois thaumatopoiois endidousēs kairon ta heautōn epideiknysthai. Entha de koinē para pantos ekrēgnytai tou dēmou phōnē, ton daimona, hǭ tēn heortēn ēgon, anakalountōn, kai par' ekeinou tēn eurychōrian autois axiountōn genesthai. Epeidē de pantōn allēlois symphthengomenōn, eis hypsos ēreto hē phōnē, kai pasēs edokei tēs poleōs kathaper henos tinos stomatos ho logos einai, ho tēn euchēn tautēn prosagōn tǭ daimoni (ēn de hē euchē, hōs ep᾿ autēs akousai tēs lexeōs Zeu, poiēson hēmin topon); akousas de ho megas ekeinos tou ēchou tōn onomasti epiboōmenōn ton daimona, par' hou tēn eurychōrian ę̄toun genesthai tę̄ polei, phēsi pros autous, pempsas tina tōn parestēkotōn, dothēsesthai autois hoson oudepō pleiona tēs euchēs tēn eurychōrian. Tautēs de par' autou tēs phōnēs hoion tinos skythrōpēs apophaseōs exenechtheisēs, loimos tēn pandēmon ekeinēn hieromēnian ekdechetai. Kai parachrēma katemignyto tais chorostasiais ho thrēnos, hōste autois eis penthē kai symphoras metastraphēnai tas thymēdias, anti aulōn kai krotōn tēs epallēlou thrēnōdias dialabousēs tēn polin. Enskēpsan gar hapax tois anthrōpois to pathos, thatton ē kat' elpidas diexę̄ei pyros dikēn tous oikous epiboskomenon, hōs
life to God, having charged his friends not to acquire a place of his own for his burial. For if while living he had not accepted to be called owner of any place, but had passed his life as a sojourner on what belonged to others, neither would he be ashamed of sojourning after death. “But let it be a story for later life,” he said, “that Gregory was not named after any place while he lived, and after death became a sojourner in others' tombs, having withdrawn himself from all possession on earth, so that he did not accept burial in a place of his own.” For he judged that the only possession precious to him was the one that admits in itself no trace of greed. Let each one who comes upon this speech admire the sudden conversion of the whole nation from Greek vanity to the knowledge of the truth, and let no one disbelieve it, looking to the dispensation through which so great a change came about in those who were converted from falsehood to truth. For I will now take up again and recount what happened in the first years of his priesthood, which my speech passed over in its haste toward the rest of his wonders. There was a public festival in the city, celebrated by an ancestral custom in honour of one of the local demons. Almost the whole nation streamed together to it, the whole country joining the city in the feast. The theatre was filled with those who had flocked to it, and the crowd of those streaming in overflowed on every side above the seats; and as all were eager to look toward the orchestra for the spectacles and performances, the stage was full of uproar, and the display of the performers came to nothing, since the commotion of the crowded people not only interrupted the enjoyment of the music but gave the performers no opportunity to show their skills. Then a common cry broke out from the whole populace, calling on the demon in whose honour they were holding the feast and asking that room be made for them by him. When, with all crying out together, the cry rose high, and the words seemed to be those of the whole city as from one mouth, offering this prayer to the demon (the prayer was, word for word, “Zeus, make room for us”), that great man heard the noise of those calling on the demon by name and asking him to make room for the city, and sending one of those standing by, he says to them that they would soon be given more room than they prayed for. When this saying had been uttered by him like a grim sentence, a plague succeeds that public holy season. At once lamentation was mixed with the dances, so that their merriment was turned into mourning and calamity, and in place of pipes and applause continuous dirges filled the city. For once the disease had fallen on the people, it went through the houses faster than one could expect, devouring them like fire, so
Chapter 957
957PG 46:957–958
πληροῦσθαι μὲν τῶν τῇ νόσῳ καταφθειρομένων τὰ ἱερὰ τῶν ἐλπίδι θεραπείας προσφευγόντων γέμειν δὲ πηγὰς, καὶ κρουνοὺς, καὶ φρέατα, τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ νοσήματος ἀμηχανίας διακαιομένων ἐν τῇ δίψῃ (ἐφ' ὧν ἡτόνει τὸ ὕδωρ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πάθους κατασβέσαι φλογμὸν, ὁμοίως ἐχόντων καὶ μετὰ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, τῶν ἅπαξ κατασχεθέντων τῷ πάθει)· πολλοὺς δὲ αὐτομολεῖν πρὸς τοὺς τάφους, καὶ μηκέτι τοὺς περιόντας ἐξαρκεῖν ταῖς τῶν κατοιχομένων ταφαῖς. Γενέσθαι δὲ οὐκ ἀδόκητον τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν προσβολὴν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ἀλλά τινος φάσματος ἐπιγινομένου τῇ μελλούσῃ καταφθείρεσθαι οἰκίᾳ, οὕτως ἐπακολουθεῖν τὴν φθοράν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν πᾶσι καταφανής ἐγένετο ἡ αἰτία τῆς νόσου, ὅτι τὸ ἐπικληθὲν παρ' αὐτῶν δαιμόνιον κακῶς ἐπλήρου τὴν εὐχὴν τῶν ματαίων, τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην ἐκ τοῦ πάθους εὐρυχωρίαν ἐμποιοῦν τῇ πόλει· ἔνθα ἱκέται γίνονται τοῦ μεγάλου, στῆσαι δεόμενοι τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν φορὰν διὰ τοῦ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ γινωσκομένου τε καὶ κηρυττομένου Θεοῦ, ὃν μόνον ὡμολόγουν ἀληθῶς εἶναι Θεὸν, καὶ κατὰ πάντων τὸ κράτος ἔχειν. Τοῦ γὰρ φάσματος ἐκείνου πρὸ τῆς ἐσομένης τῷ οἴκῳ διαφθορᾶς προφαινομένου, καὶ παραχρῆμα τὴν ἀπόγνωσιν τῆς ζωῆς ἐμποιοῦντος, εἷς ἐγίνετο τοῖς κινδυνεύουσι σωτήριος τρόπος, τὸ ἐντὸς ἐκείνου γενέσθαι τοῦ οἴκου τὸν μέγαν Γρηγόριον, καὶ δι᾽ εὐχῆς τὸ ἐνσκῆψαν τῷ οἴκῳ πάθος ἀπώσασθαι. Ταχείας δὲ διὰ τῶν τετυχηκότων ἐν πρώτοις τῆς τοιαύτης σωτηρίας ἐπὶ πάντας τῆς φήμης διαδραμούσης, πάντα ἀργὰ ἦν, ἃ πρότερον ὑπὸ ματαιότητος αὐτοῖς ἐσπουδάζετο, χρηστήριά τε καὶ καθάρσια, καὶ ἡ ἐν τοῖς εἰδώλοις διατριβή, πάντων πρὸς τὸν μέγαν ἱερέα βλεπόντων, καὶ ἑκάστου πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ παντὸς τοῦ γένους ἐφελκομένου. Μισθὸς δὲ ἦν αὐτῷ παρὰ τῶν σωζομένων ἡ τῶν ψυχῶν σωτηρία. Τῇ γὰρ τοιαύτῃ πείρᾳ τῆς εὐσεβείας τοῦ ἱερέως φανερουμένης, οὐκέτι ἦν ἀναβολή πρὸς τὴν συγκατάθεσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῖς διὰ τῶν ἔργων διδασκομένοις τὴν τῆς πίστεως δύναμιν. Οῦτως ἐγένετο τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκείνοις ἰσχυροτέρα τῆς ὑγείας ἡ νόσος. Ὅσον γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὑγιείᾳ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μυστηρίου παραδοχὴν τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἀσθενοῦντες ἦσαν, τοσοῦτον τῇ σωματικῇ νόσῳ πρὸς τὴν πίστιν ἐῤῥώσθησαν. Καὶ οὕτω τῆς περὶ τὰ εἴδωλα πλάνης ἐλεγχθείσης, πάντες πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ μετετίθεντο, οἱ μὲν διὰ τῆς ἐπιγενομένης νόσου χειραγωγηθέντες πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν· οἱ δὲ καὶ προφυλακὴν τοῦ λοιμοῦ, τὴν πίστιν τὴν εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν προβαλλόμενοι. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλα τῇ μνήμῃ μέχρι τοῦ δεῦρο διασωζόμενα τοῦ μεγάλου Γρηγορίου θαύματα, ἅπερ φειδόμενοι τῆς ἀπιστούσης ἀκοῆς, ὡς ἂν μὴ βλαβεῖεν οἱ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐν τῷ μεγέθει τῶν λεγομένων ψεῦδος οἰόμενοι, τοῖς γεγραμμένοις οὐ προσεθήκαμεν. Χριστῷ δὲ τῷ τοιαῦτα διὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ τερατουργοῦντι πρέπει δόξα, τιμὴ καὶ προσκύνησις, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώ-
plērousthai men tōn tę̄ nosǭ kataphtheiromenōn ta hiera tōn elpidi therapeias prospheugontōn gemein de pēgas, kai krounous, kai phreata, tōn hypo tēs tou nosēmatos amēchanias diakaiomenōn en tę̄ dipsę̄ (eph' hōn hētonei to hydōr ton ek tou pathous katasbesai phlogmon, homoiōs echontōn kai meta to hydōr, kai pro tou hydatos, tōn hapax kataschethentōn tǭ pathei); pollous de automolein pros tous taphous, kai mēketi tous periontas exarkein tais tōn katoichomenōn taphais. Genesthai de ouk adokēton tou kakou tēn prosbolēn tois anthrōpois; alla tinos phasmatos epiginomenou tę̄ mellousę̄ kataphtheiresthai oikią, houtōs epakolouthein tēn phthoran. Epei oun pasi kataphanēs egeneto hē aitia tēs nosou, hoti to epiklēthen par' autōn daimonion kakōs eplērou tēn euchēn tōn mataiōn, tēn ponēran tautēn ek tou pathous eurychōrian empoioun tę̄ polei; entha hiketai ginontai tou megalou, stēsai deomenoi tou kakou tēn phoran dia tou par᾿ autou ginōskomenou te kai kēryttomenou Theou, hon monon hōmologoun alēthōs einai Theon, kai kata pantōn to kratos echein. Tou gar phasmatos ekeinou pro tēs esomenēs tǭ oikǭ diaphthoras prophainomenou, kai parachrēma tēn apognōsin tēs zōēs empoiountos, heis egineto tois kindyneuousi sōtērios tropos, to entos ekeinou genesthai tou oikou ton megan Grēgorion, kai di᾽ euchēs to enskēpsan tǭ oikǭ pathos apōsasthai. Tacheias de dia tōn tetychēkotōn en prōtois tēs toiautēs sōtērias epi pantas tēs phēmēs diadramousēs, panta arga ēn, ha proteron hypo mataiotētos autois espoudazeto, chrēstēria te kai katharsia, kai hē en tois eidōlois diatribē, pantōn pros ton megan hierea blepontōn, kai hekastou pros heauton epi sōtērią pantos tou genous ephelkomenou. Misthos de ēn autǭ para tōn sōzomenōn hē tōn psychōn sōtēria. Tę̄ gar toiautę̄ peirą tēs eusebeias tou hiereōs phaneroumenēs, ouketi ēn anabolē pros tēn synkatathesin tou mystēriou, tois dia tōn ergōn didaskomenois tēn tēs pisteōs dynamin. Outōs egeneto tois anthrōpois ekeinois ischyrotera tēs hygeias hē nosos. Hoson gar en tę̄ hygieią pros tēn tou mystēriou paradochēn tois logismois asthenountes ēsan, tosouton tę̄ sōmatikę̄ nosǭ pros tēn pistin errhōsthēsan. Kai houtō tēs peri ta eidōla planēs elenchtheisēs, pantes pros to onoma tou Christou metetithento, hoi men dia tēs epigenomenēs nosou cheiragōgēthentes pros tēn alētheian; hoi de kai prophylakēn tou loimou, tēn pistin tēn eis ton Christon proballomenoi. Esti de kai alla tę̄ mnēmę̄ mechri tou deuro diasōzomena tou megalou Grēgoriou thaumata, haper pheidomenoi tēs apistousēs akoēs, hōs an mē blabeien hoi to alēthes en tǭ megethei tōn legomenōn pseudos oiomenoi, tois gegrammenois ou prosethēkamen. Christǭ de tǭ toiauta dia tōn doulōn autou teratourgounti prepei doxa, timē kai proskynēsis, nyn kai aei, kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiō-
that the temples were filled with those wasted by the disease who fled there in hope of healing, and springs and fountains and wells were crowded with those burning with thirst in the helplessness of the illness (in their case the water was too weak to quench the burning of the disease, since those once seized by it were the same after water as before it); and many went off to the tombs of their own accord, and the survivors were no longer sufficient to bury the dead. The onset of the evil did not come upon people unexpectedly; but an apparition appeared to the house that was about to be destroyed, and so the destruction followed. When the cause of the disease became plain to all, that the demon they had called on was wickedly fulfilling the prayer of the foolish, producing this evil “room” in the city through the disease, they became suppliants of the great man, begging him to stop the course of the evil through the God he knew and preached, whom they confessed alone to be truly God and to have power over all. For when that apparition appeared beforehand, before the destruction that was to come on a house, and at once produced despair of life, there was one way of safety for those in danger: that the great Gregory should come inside that house and drive off by prayer the disease that had fallen upon it. As the report quickly spread to all through those who were the first to obtain such salvation, everything they had formerly pursued in their vanity, oracles and purifications and attendance on the idols, was idle; all looked to the great priest, and each drew his whole family to him for salvation. And his reward from those saved was the salvation of their souls. For when the godliness of the priest had been made manifest by such a proof, there was no more delay in assenting to the mystery for those taught the power of the faith by deeds. So for those people the disease proved stronger than health. For as much as in health they were weak in their reasonings toward receiving the mystery, so much were they strengthened toward faith by bodily disease. And so, the error about idols having been refuted, all went over to the name of Christ, some led by the hand to the truth through the disease that had come upon them, others putting forward faith in Christ as a safeguard against the plague. There are other wonders of the great Gregory still preserved in memory to this day, which we have not added to what has been written, sparing unbelieving ears, so that those who think the truth a falsehood because of the greatness of what is told may not be harmed. To Christ, who works such wonders through his servants, belong glory, honour, and worship, now and always, and to the ages of the ages.